MainConfigSchema.php
66c2681f7c01REL1_43

MainConfigSchema.php
View Options

This file is larger than 256 KB, so syntax highlighting was skipped.

			<?php
			/**
			* This file contains schema declarations for all configuration variables
			* known to MediaWiki core.
			*
			* @file
			* @ingroup Config
			*/

			/ phpcs:disable Generic.NamingConventions.UpperCaseConstantName.ClassConstantNotUpperCase
			/ phpcs:disable Generic.Files.LineLength.TooLong
			namespace MediaWiki;

			use AssembleUploadChunksJob;
			use BlockLogFormatter;
			use CategoryMembershipChangeJob;
			use CdnPurgeJob;
			use ContentModelLogFormatter;
			use DateTime;
			use DateTimeZone;
			use DeleteLinksJob;
			use DeleteLogFormatter;
			use DeletePageJob;
			use DoubleRedirectJob;
			use EmaillingJob;
			use EnotifNotifyJob;
			use Generator;
			use HTMLCacheUpdateJob;
			use ImportLogFormatter;
			use InvalidArgumentException;
			use JobQueueDB;
			use LocalisationCache;
			use LocalRepo;
			use LogFormatter;
			use MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider;
			use MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider;
			use MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider;
			use MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest;
			use MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider;
			use MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest;
			use MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider;
			use MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider;
			use MediaWiki\Content\CssContentHandler;
			use MediaWiki\Content\FallbackContentHandler;
			use MediaWiki\Content\JavaScriptContentHandler;
			use MediaWiki\Content\JsonContentHandler;
			use MediaWiki\Content\TextContentHandler;
			use MediaWiki\Content\WikitextContentHandler;
			use MediaWiki\Deferred\SiteStatsUpdate;
			use MediaWiki\Password\Argon2Password;
			use MediaWiki\Password\BcryptPassword;
			use MediaWiki\Password\LayeredParameterizedPassword;
			use MediaWiki\Password\MWOldPassword;
			use MediaWiki\Password\MWSaltedPassword;
			use MediaWiki\Password\PasswordPolicyChecks;
			use MediaWiki\Password\Pbkdf2PasswordUsingOpenSSL;
			use MediaWiki\Permissions\GrantsInfo;
			use MediaWiki\RCFeed\RedisPubSubFeedEngine;
			use MediaWiki\RCFeed\UDPRCFeedEngine;
			use MediaWiki\RenameUser\RenameUserJob;
			use MediaWiki\Request\WebRequest;
			use MediaWiki\Settings\Source\JsonSchemaTrait;
			use MediaWiki\Site\MediaWikiSite;
			use MediaWiki\Storage\SqlBlobStore;
			use MediaWiki\Title\NamespaceInfo;
			use MediaWiki\User\CentralId\LocalIdLookup;
			use MediaWiki\User\Registration\LocalUserRegistrationProvider;
			use MediaWiki\Watchlist\ActivityUpdateJob;
			use MediaWiki\Watchlist\ClearUserWatchlistJob;
			use MediaWiki\Watchlist\ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob;
			use MediaWiki\Watchlist\WatchlistExpiryJob;
			use MergeLogFormatter;
			use MoveLogFormatter;
			use NullJob;
			use ParsoidCachePrewarmJob;
			use PatrolLogFormatter;
			use ProtectLogFormatter;
			use PublishStashedFileJob;
			use RecentChangesUpdateJob;
			use ReflectionClass;
			use RefreshLinksJob;
			use RenameuserLogFormatter;
			use RevertedTagUpdateJob;
			use RightsLogFormatter;
			use SqlBagOStuff;
			use TagLogFormatter;
			use ThumbnailRenderJob;
			use UploadFromUrlJob;
			use UploadLogFormatter;
			use UserEditCountInitJob;
			use UserGroupExpiryJob;
			use UserOptionsUpdateJob;
			use Wikimedia\EventRelayer\EventRelayerNull;
			use Wikimedia\ObjectCache\APCUBagOStuff;
			use Wikimedia\ObjectCache\BagOStuff;
			use Wikimedia\ObjectCache\EmptyBagOStuff;
			use Wikimedia\ObjectCache\HashBagOStuff;
			use Wikimedia\ObjectCache\MemcachedPeclBagOStuff;
			use Wikimedia\ObjectCache\MemcachedPhpBagOStuff;

			/**
			* This class contains schema declarations for all configuration variables
			* known to MediaWiki core. The schema definitions follow the JSON Schema
			* specification.
			*
			* @see https://json-schema.org/learn/getting-started-step-by-step.html
			* @see https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/
			*
			* The following JSON schema keys are used by MediaWiki:
			* - default: the configuration variable's default value.
			* - type: identifies the allowed value type or types. In addition to JSON Schema types,
			* PHPDoc style type definitions are supported for convenience.
			* Note that 'array' must not be used for associative arrays.
			* To avoid confusion, use 'list' for sequential arrays and 'map' for associative arrays
			* with uniform values. The 'object' type should be used for structures that have a known
			* set of meaningful properties, especially if each property may have a different kind
			* of value.
			* See {@link \MediaWiki\Settings\Source\JsonTypeHelper} for details.
			*
			* The following additional keys are used by MediaWiki:
			* - mergeStrategy: see the {@link \MediaWiki\Settings\Config\MergeStrategy}.
			* - dynamicDefault: Specified a callback that computes the effective default at runtime, based
			* on the value of other config variables or on the system environment.
			* See {@link \MediaWiki\Settings\Source\ReflectionSchemaSource}
			* and {@link \MediaWiki\Settings\DynamicDefaultValues} for details.
			*
			* @note After changing this file, run maintenance/generateConfigSchema.php to update
			* all the files derived from the information in MainConfigSchema.
			*
			* @since 1.39
			*/
			class MainConfigSchema {
			use JsonSchemaTrait;

			/**
			* Returns a generator for iterating over all config settings and their default values.
			* The primary use of this method is to import default values into local scope.
			* @code
			* foreach ( MainConfigSchema::listDefaultValues( 'wg' ) as $var => $value ) {
			* $$var = $value;
			* }
			* @endcode
			*
			* There should be no reason for application logic to do this.
			*
			* @note This method is relatively slow, it should not be used by
			* performance critical code. Application logic should generally
			* use ConfigSchema instead
			*
			* @param string $prefix A prefix to prepend to each setting name.
			* Typically, this will be "wg" when constructing global
			* variable names.
			*
			* @return Generator<string,mixed> $settingName => $defaultValue
			*/
			public static function listDefaultValues( string $prefix = '' ): Generator {
			$class = new ReflectionClass( self::class );
			foreach ( $class->getReflectionConstants() as $const ) {
			if ( !$const->isPublic() ) {
			continue;
			}

			$value = $const->getValue();

			if ( !is_array( $value ) ) {
			/ Just in case we end up having some other kind of constant on this class.
			continue;
			}

			if ( isset( $value['obsolete'] ) ) {
			continue;
			}

			$name = $const->getName();
			yield "$prefix$name" => self::getDefaultFromJsonSchema( $value );
			}
			}

			/**
			* Returns the default value of the given config setting.
			*
			* @note This method is relatively slow, it should not be used by
			* performance critical code. Application logic should generally
			* use ConfigSchema instead
			*
			* @param string $name The config setting name.
			*
			* @return mixed The given config setting's default value, or null
			* if no default value is specified in the schema.
			*/
			public static function getDefaultValue( string $name ) {
			$class = new ReflectionClass( self::class );
			if ( !$class->hasConstant( $name ) ) {
			throw new InvalidArgumentException( "Unknown setting: $name" );
			}
			$value = $class->getConstant( $name );

			if ( !is_array( $value ) ) {
			/ Might happen if we end up having other kinds of constants on this class.
			throw new InvalidArgumentException( "Unknown setting: $name" );
			}

			return self::getDefaultFromJsonSchema( $value );
			}

			/***************************************************************************/
			/**
			* Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
			* The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
			* callable.
			*
			* @since 1.23
			*/
			public const ConfigRegistry = [
			'default' => [
			'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance',
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
			*/
			public const Sitename = [
			'default' => 'MediaWiki',
			];

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Server URLs and file paths
			/** @name Server URLs and file paths
			*
			* In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
			* the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
			* acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
			*
			* In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
			*/

			/**
			* URL of the server.
			*
			* Example:
			* ```
			* $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
			* ```
			*
			* This must be set in LocalSettings.php. The MediaWiki installer does this
			* automatically since 1.18.
			*
			* If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
			* protocol-relative URL like '/example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
			* to a fully qualified URL.
			*/
			public const Server = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
			*
			* Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
			*
			* Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
			*
			* @since 1.18
			*/
			public const CanonicalServer = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
			* hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
			*
			* @since 1.24
			*/
			public const ServerName = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy
			* exposes the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
			*
			* @since 1.26
			*/
			public const AssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = [
			'default' => true,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* For installations where the canonical server is HTTP but HTTPS is optionally
			* supported, you can specify a non-standard HTTPS port here. $wgServer should
			* be a protocol-relative URL.
			*
			* If HTTPS is always used, just specify the port number in $wgServer.
			*
			* @see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67184
			* @since 1.24
			*/
			public const HttpsPort = [
			'default' => 443,
			];

			/**
			* If this is true, when an insecure HTTP request is received, always redirect
			* to HTTPS. This overrides and disables the preferhttps user preference, and it
			* overrides $wgSecureLogin.
			*
			* $wgServer may be either https or protocol-relative. If $wgServer starts with
			* "http://", an exception will be thrown.
			*
			* If a reverse proxy or CDN is used to forward requests from HTTPS to HTTP,
			* the request header "X-Forwarded-Proto: https" should be sent to suppress
			* the redirect.
			*
			* In addition to setting this to true, for optimal security, the web server
			* should also be configured to send Strict-Transport-Security response headers.
			*
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const ForceHTTPS = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* The path we should point to.
			*
			* It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
			*
			* This needs to be set correctly.
			*
			* Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
			* set in LocalSettings.php
			*/
			public const ScriptPath = [
			'default' => '/wiki',
			];

			/**
			* Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title.
			* The effective default value is determined at runtime:
			* it will be enabled in environments where it is expected to be safe.
			*
			* Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
			* incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
			*
			* The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
			* you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
			* redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
			*
			* @since 1.2.1
			*/
			public const UsePathInfo = [
			'dynamicDefault' => true,
			];

			/**
			* @return bool
			*/
			public static function getDefaultUsePathInfo(): bool {
			/ These often break when PHP is set up in CGI mode.
			/ PATH_INFO may be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set, but then again it may not;
			/ lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase on systems
			/ with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
			/ problems on Apache as well.
			return !str_contains( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) && !str_contains( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) &&
			!str_contains( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' );
			}

			/**
			* The URL path to index.php.
			*
			* Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
			*/
			public const Script = [
			'default' => false,
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ScriptPath' ] ]
			];

			/**
			* @param mixed $scriptPath Value of ScriptPath
			* @return string
			*/
			public static function getDefaultScript( $scriptPath ): string {
			return "$scriptPath/index.php";
			}

			/**
			* The URL path to load.php.
			*
			* Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
			*
			* @since 1.17
			*/
			public const LoadScript = [
			'default' => false,
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ScriptPath' ] ]
			];

			/**
			* @param mixed $scriptPath Value of ScriptPath
			* @return string
			*/
			public static function getDefaultLoadScript( $scriptPath ): string {
			return "$scriptPath/load.php";
			}

			/**
			* The URL path to the REST API.
			* Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/rest.php"
			*
			* @since 1.34
			*/
			public const RestPath = [
			'default' => false,
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ScriptPath' ] ]
			];

			/**
			* @param mixed $scriptPath Value of ScriptPath
			* @return string
			*/
			public static function getDefaultRestPath( $scriptPath ): string {
			return "$scriptPath/rest.php";
			}

			/**
			* The URL path of the skins directory.
			*
			* Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
			*
			* @since 1.3
			*/
			public const StylePath = [
			'default' => false,
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ResourceBasePath' ] ]
			];

			/**
			* @param mixed $resourceBasePath Value of ResourceBasePath
			* @return string
			*/
			public static function getDefaultStylePath( $resourceBasePath ): string {
			return "$resourceBasePath/skins";
			}

			/**
			* The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
			*
			* Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
			*
			* @since 1.17
			*/
			public const LocalStylePath = [
			'default' => false,
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ScriptPath' ] ]
			];

			/**
			* @param mixed $scriptPath Value of ScriptPath
			* @return string
			*/
			public static function getDefaultLocalStylePath( $scriptPath ): string {
			/ Avoid ResourceBasePath here since that may point to a different domain (e.g. CDN)
			return "$scriptPath/skins";
			}

			/**
			* The URL path of the extensions directory.
			*
			* Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
			*
			* @since 1.16
			*/
			public const ExtensionAssetsPath = [
			'default' => false,
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ResourceBasePath' ] ]
			];

			/**
			* @param mixed $resourceBasePath Value of ResourceBasePath
			* @return string
			*/
			public static function getDefaultExtensionAssetsPath( $resourceBasePath ): string {
			return "$resourceBasePath/extensions";
			}

			/**
			* Extensions directory in the file system.
			*
			* @note Set to "{$IP}/extensions" by Setup.php before loading local settings.
			* @note this configuration variable is used to locate extensions while loading settings.
			* @since 1.25
			*/
			public const ExtensionDirectory = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/**
			* Skins directory in the file system.
			*
			* @note Set to "{$IP}/skins" by Setup.php before loading local settings.
			* @note this configuration variable is used to locate skins while loading settings.
			* @since 1.3
			*/
			public const StyleDirectory = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/**
			* Absolute filesystem path of the root directory of the MediaWiki installation.
			* The MW_INSTALL_PATH environment variable can be used to set this.
			*
			* @note Automatically set in Setup.php before loading local settings.
			* @note Do not modify in settings files! Must remain equal to the MW_INSTALL_PATH constant
			* defined in Setup.php.
			* @since 1.38
			*/
			public const BaseDirectory = [
			'default' => null,
			];

			/**
			* The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
			* which is replaced by the article title.
			*
			* Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
			* depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
			*/
			public const ArticlePath = [
			'default' => false,
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'Script', 'UsePathInfo' ] ]
			];

			/**
			* @param string $script Value of Script
			* @param mixed $usePathInfo Value of UsePathInfo
			* @return string
			*/
			public static function getDefaultArticlePath( string $script, $usePathInfo ): string {
			if ( $usePathInfo ) {
			return "$script/$1";
			}
			return "$script?title=$1";
			}

			/**
			* The URL path for the images directory.
			*
			* Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
			*/
			public const UploadPath = [
			'default' => false,
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ScriptPath' ] ]
			];

			/**
			* @param mixed $scriptPath Value of ScriptPath
			* @return string
			*/
			public static function getDefaultUploadPath( $scriptPath ): string {
			return "$scriptPath/images";
			}

			/**
			* The base path for img_auth.php. This is used to interpret the request URL
			* for requests to img_auth.php that do not match the base upload path. If
			* false, "{$wgScriptPath}/img_auth.php" is used.
			*
			* Normally, requests to img_auth.php have a REQUEST_URI which matches
			* $wgUploadPath, and in that case, setting this should not be necessary.
			* This variable is used in case img_auth.php is accessed via a different path
			* than $wgUploadPath.
			*
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const ImgAuthPath = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* The base path for thumb_handler.php. This is used to interpret the request URL
			* for requests to thumb_handler.php that do not match the base upload path.
			*
			* @since 1.36
			*/
			public const ThumbPath = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
			*/
			public const UploadDirectory = [
			'default' => false,
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'BaseDirectory' ] ]
			];

			/**
			* @param mixed $baseDirectory Value of BaseDirectory
			* @return string
			*/
			public static function getDefaultUploadDirectory( $baseDirectory ): string {
			return "$baseDirectory/images";
			}

			/**
			* Directory where the cached page will be saved.
			*
			* Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
			*/
			public const FileCacheDirectory = [
			'default' => false,
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'UploadDirectory' ] ]
			];

			/**
			* @param mixed $uploadDirectory Value of UploadDirectory
			* @return string
			*/
			public static function getDefaultFileCacheDirectory( $uploadDirectory ): string {
			return "$uploadDirectory/cache";
			}

			/**
			* The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
			*
			* Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/change-your-logo.svg".
			* Developers should retrieve this logo (and other variants) using
			* the static function MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\SkinModule::getAvailableLogos
			* Ignored if $wgLogos is set.
			*/
			public const Logo = [
			'default' => false,
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ResourceBasePath' ] ]
			];

			/**
			* @param mixed $resourceBasePath Value of ResourceBasePath
			* @return string
			*/
			public static function getDefaultLogo( $resourceBasePath ): string {
			return "$resourceBasePath/resources/assets/change-your-logo.svg";
			}

			/**
			* Specification for different versions of the wiki logo.
			*
			* This is an array which should have the following k/v pairs:
			* All path values can be either absolute or relative URIs
			*
			* The `1x` key is a path to the 1x version of square logo (should be 135x135 pixels)
			* The `1.5x` key is a path to the 1.5x version of square logo
			* The `2x` key is a path to the 2x version of square logo
			* The `svg` key is a path to the svg version of square logo
			* The `icon` key is a path to the version of the logo without wordmark and tagline
			* The `wordmark` key may be null or an array with the following fields
			* - `src` path to wordmark version
			* - `1x` path to svg wordmark version (if you want to
			* support browsers with SVG support with an SVG logo)
			* - `width` width of the logo in pixels
			* - `height` height of the logo in pixels
			* The `tagline` key may be null or array with the following fields
			* - `src` path to tagline image
			* - `width` width of the tagline in pixels
			* - `height` height of the tagline in pixels
			*
			*
			* @par Example:
			* @code
			* $wgLogos = [
			* '1x' => 'path/to/1x_version.png',
			* '1.5x' => 'path/to/1.5x_version.png',
			* '2x' => 'path/to/2x_version.png',
			* 'svg' => 'path/to/svg_version.svg',
			* 'icon' => 'path/to/icon.png',
			* 'wordmark' => [
			* 'src' => 'path/to/wordmark_version.png',
			* '1x' => 'path/to/wordmark_version.svg',
			* 'width' => 135,
			* 'height' => 20,
			* ],
			* 'tagline' => [
			* 'src' => 'path/to/tagline_version.png',
			* 'width' => 135,
			* 'height' => 15,
			* ]
			* ];
			* @endcode
			*
			* Defaults to [ "1x" => $wgLogo ],
			* or [ "1x" => "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/change-your-logo.svg" ] if $wgLogo is not set.
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const Logos = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'map\|false',
			];

			/**
			* The URL path of the icon.
			*
			* @since 1.6
			*/
			public const Favicon = [
			'default' => '/favicon.ico',
			];

			/**
			* The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
			*
			* Defaults to no icon.
			*
			* @since 1.12
			*/
			public const AppleTouchIcon = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
			*
			* One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
			* https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
			* ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
			* 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
			* 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
			* Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
			* (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
			* or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
			* Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
			* each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
			* will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
			* understand it).
			*
			* @since 1.25
			*/
			public const ReferrerPolicy = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'list\|string\|false',
			];

			/**
			* The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This must not be web-accessible.
			*
			* When this setting is set to false, its value will automatically be decided
			* through the first call to wfTempDir(). See that method's implementation for
			* the actual detection logic.
			*
			* To find the temporary path for the current wiki, developers must not use
			* this variable directly. Use the global function wfTempDir() instead.
			*
			* The temporary directory is expected to be shared with other applications,
			* including other MediaWiki instances (which might not run the same version
			* or configuration). When storing files here, take care to avoid conflicts
			* with other instances of MediaWiki. For example, when caching the result
			* of a computation, the file name should incorporate the input of the
			* computation so that it cannot be confused for the result of a similar
			* computation by another MediaWiki instance.
			*
			* @see \wfTempDir()
			* @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
			*/
			public const TmpDirectory = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
			* upload URL.
			*
			* @since 1.4
			*/
			public const UploadBaseUrl = [
			'default' => '',
			];

			/**
			* To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
			*
			* Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
			* where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
			*
			* @deprecated since 1.36 Use thumbProxyUrl in $wgLocalFileRepo
			*
			* If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl and thumbProxyUrl are both false, thumbs are
			* rendered locally as needed.
			* @since 1.17
			*/
			public const UploadStashScalerBaseUrl = [
			'default' => false,
			'deprecated' => 'since 1.36 Use thumbProxyUrl in $wgLocalFileRepo',
			];

			/**
			* To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
			* plain page views, add to this array.
			*
			* Example:
			* Set pretty URL for the edit action:
			*
			* ```
			* 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
			* ```
			* There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these URLs.
			*
			* @since 1.5
			*/
			public const ActionPaths = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* When enabled, the domain root will show the wiki's main page,
			* instead of redirecting to the main page.
			*
			* @since 1.34
			*/
			public const MainPageIsDomainRoot = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/ endregion -- end of server URLs and file paths

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Files and file uploads
			/** @name Files and file uploads */

			/**
			* Allow users to upload files.
			*
			* Use $wgLocalFileRepo to control how and where uploads are stored.
			* Disabled by default as for security reasons.
			* See <https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuring_file_uploads>.
			*
			* @since 1.5
			*/
			public const EnableUploads = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
			*/
			public const UploadStashMaxAge = [
			'default' => 6 * 3600, / 6 hours
			];

			/**
			* Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
			*
			* Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
			* 'AssembleUploadChunks','PublishStashedFile' and 'UploadFromUrl' job types.
			*/
			public const EnableAsyncUploads = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Enable the async processing of upload by url in Special:Upload.
			*
			* Only works if EnableAsyncUploads is also enabled
			*/
			public const EnableAsyncUploadsByURL = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* To disable file delete/restore temporarily
			*/
			public const UploadMaintenance = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
			* uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
			*
			* Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
			* completeness.
			*
			* @deprecated since 1.41; no longer customizable
			*/
			public const IllegalFileChars = [
			'default' => ':\\/\\\\',
			'deprecated' => 'since 1.41; no longer customizable',
			];

			/**
			* What directory to place deleted uploads in.
			*
			* Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
			*/
			public const DeletedDirectory = [
			'default' => false,
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'UploadDirectory' ] ]
			];

			/**
			* @param mixed $uploadDirectory Value of UploadDirectory
			* @return string
			*/
			public static function getDefaultDeletedDirectory( $uploadDirectory ): string {
			return "$uploadDirectory/deleted";
			}

			/**
			* Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
			*/
			public const ImgAuthDetails = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
			*
			* For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
			* if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
			* The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
			* is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
			*
			* Example:
			* $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
			* The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
			* The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
			*
			* @see self::FileBackends
			*/
			public const ImgAuthUrlPathMap = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* File repository structures
			*
			* $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
			* an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
			* array of properties configuring the repository.
			*
			* Properties required for all repos:
			* - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
			* The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
			*
			* - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
			* The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
			*
			* Optional common properties:
			* - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends). If not specified, or
			* if the name is not present in $wgFileBackends, an FSFileBackend
			* will automatically be configured.
			* - lockManager If a file backend is automatically configured, this will be lock
			* manager name used. A lock manager named in $wgLockManagers, or one of
			* the default lock managers "fsLockManager" or "nullLockManager". Default
			* "fsLockManager".
			* - favicon URL to a favicon. This is exposed via FileRepo::getInfo and
			* ApiQueryFileRepoInfo. Originally for use by MediaViewer (T77093).
			*
			* For most core repos:
			* - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
			* container : backend container name the zone is in
			* directory : root path within container for the zone
			* url : base URL to the root of the zone
			* urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
			* (useful for using a different cache for videos)
			* Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
			* and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
			* Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
			* - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
			* - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files.
			*
			* Set this to 0 if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
			* directory into many subdirectories.
			*
			* It is recommended to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
			* MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to
			* the wiki by copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
			* maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database.
			* This is no longer supported, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
			*
			* Default: 2.
			* - deletedHashLevels
			* Optional 'hashLevels' override for the 'deleted' zone.
			* - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
			* - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
			* handler instead.
			* - thumbProxyUrl Optional. URL of where to proxy thumb.php requests to. This is
			* also used internally for remote thumbnailing of upload stash files.
			* Example: http://127.0.0.1:8888/wiki/dev/thumb/
			* - thumbProxySecret Optional value of the X-Swift-Secret header to use in requests to
			* thumbProxyUrl
			* - disableLocalTransform
			* If present and true, local image scaling will be disabled. If attempted,
			* it will show an error to the user and log an error message. To avoid an
			* error, thumbProxyUrl must be set, as well as either transformVia404
			* (preferred) or thumbScriptUrl.
			* - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
			* determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
			* The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
			* when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
			* - pathDisclosureProtection
			* May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
			* leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
			* placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
			* - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
			* is 0644.
			* - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
			* some remote repos.
			* - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
			* - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
			* - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
			* One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
			* the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
			* - useJsonMetadata Whether handler metadata should be stored in JSON format. Default: true.
			* - useSplitMetadata Whether handler metadata should be split up and stored in the text table.
			* Default: false.
			* - splitMetadataThreshold
			* If the media handler opts in, large metadata items will be split into a
			* separate blob in the database if the item is larger than this threshold.
			* Default: 1000
			* - updateCompatibleMetadata
			* When true, image metadata will be upgraded by reloading it from the original
			* file, if the handler indicates that it is out of date.
			*
			* By default, when purging a file or otherwise refreshing file metadata, it
			* is only reloaded when the metadata is invalid. Valid data originally loaded
			* by a current or older compatible version is left unchanged. Enable this
			* to also reload and upgrade metadata that was stored by an older compatible
			* version. See also MediaHandler::isMetadataValid, and RefreshImageMetadata.
			*
			* Default: false.
			*
			* - reserializeMetadata
			* If true, image metadata will be automatically rewritten to the database
			* if its serialization format is out of date. Default: false
			*
			* These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
			* for local repositories:
			* - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
			* - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
			* https://en.wikipedia.org/w
			* - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
			* - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page and display them
			* on the local wiki.
			* - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
			* Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
			*
			* ForeignDBRepo:
			* - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
			* equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
			* - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
			* - hasSharedCache Set to true if the foreign wiki's $wgMainCacheType is identical to,
			* and accessible from, this wiki.
			*
			* ForeignAPIRepo:
			* - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
			* - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
			*
			* If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
			* Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
			* If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
			* If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
			* be searched after the local file repo.
			* Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
			*
			* @see \FileRepo::__construct for the default options.
			* @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
			*/
			public const LocalFileRepo = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'map\|false',
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'UploadDirectory', 'ScriptPath', 'Favicon', 'UploadBaseUrl',
			'UploadPath', 'HashedUploadDirectory', 'ThumbnailScriptPath',
			'GenerateThumbnailOnParse', 'DeletedDirectory', 'UpdateCompatibleMetadata' ] ],
			];

			public static function getDefaultLocalFileRepo(
			$uploadDirectory, $scriptPath, $favicon, $uploadBaseUrl, $uploadPath,
			$hashedUploadDirectory, $thumbnailScriptPath, $generateThumbnailOnParse, $deletedDirectory,
			$updateCompatibleMetadata
			) {
			return [
			'class' => LocalRepo::class,
			'name' => 'local',
			'directory' => $uploadDirectory,
			'scriptDirUrl' => $scriptPath,
			'favicon' => $favicon,
			'url' => $uploadBaseUrl ? $uploadBaseUrl . $uploadPath : $uploadPath,
			'hashLevels' => $hashedUploadDirectory ? 2 : 0,
			'thumbScriptUrl' => $thumbnailScriptPath,
			'transformVia404' => !$generateThumbnailOnParse,
			'deletedDir' => $deletedDirectory,
			'deletedHashLevels' => $hashedUploadDirectory ? 3 : 0,
			'updateCompatibleMetadata' => $updateCompatibleMetadata,
			'reserializeMetadata' => $updateCompatibleMetadata,
			];
			}

			/**
			* Enable the use of files from one or more other wikis.
			*
			* If you operate multiple wikis, you can declare a shared upload path here.
			* Uploads to the local wiki will NOT be stored here - See $wgLocalFileRepo
			* and $wgUploadDirectory for that.
			*
			* The wiki will only consider the foreign repository if no file of the given name
			* is found in the local repository (e.g. via `[[File:..]]` syntax).
			*
			* @since 1.11
			* @see self::LocalFileRepo
			*/
			public const ForeignFileRepos = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Use Wikimedia Commons as a foreign file repository.
			*
			* This is a shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos
			* for https://commons.wikimedia.org, using ForeignAPIRepo with the
			* default settings.
			*
			* @since 1.16
			*/
			public const UseInstantCommons = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos.
			*
			* Uses the following variables:
			*
			* - directory: $wgSharedUploadDirectory.
			* - url: $wgSharedUploadPath.
			* - hashLevels: Based on $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory.
			* - thumbScriptUrl: $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath.
			* - transformVia404: Based on $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse.
			* - descBaseUrl: $wgRepositoryBaseUrl.
			* - fetchDescription: $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
			*
			* If $wgSharedUploadDBname is set, it uses the ForeignDBRepo
			* class, with also the following variables:
			*
			* - dbName: $wgSharedUploadDBname.
			* - dbType: $wgDBtype.
			* - dbServer: $wgDBserver.
			* - dbUser: $wgDBuser.
			* - dbPassword: $wgDBpassword.
			* - dbFlags: Based on $wgDebugDumpSql.
			* - tablePrefix: $wgSharedUploadDBprefix,
			* - hasSharedCache: $wgCacheSharedUploads.
			*
			* @since 1.3
			*/
			public const UseSharedUploads = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Shortcut for the 'directory' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
			*
			* Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
			*
			* @since 1.3
			*/
			public const SharedUploadDirectory = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/**
			* Shortcut for the 'url' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
			*
			* Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
			*
			* @since 1.3
			*/
			public const SharedUploadPath = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/**
			* Shortcut for the 'hashLevels' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
			*
			* Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
			*
			* @since 1.3
			*/
			public const HashedSharedUploadDirectory = [
			'default' => true,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Shortcut for the 'descBaseUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
			*
			* Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
			*
			* @since 1.5
			*/
			public const RepositoryBaseUrl = [
			'default' => 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:',
			];

			/**
			* Shortcut for the 'fetchDescription' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
			*
			* Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
			*
			* @since 1.5
			*/
			public const FetchCommonsDescriptions = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'dbName' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
			*
			* Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
			* Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
			*
			* @since 1.4
			*/
			public const SharedUploadDBname = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'false\|string',
			];

			/**
			* Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'tablePrefix' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
			*
			* Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
			*
			* @since 1.5
			*/
			public const SharedUploadDBprefix = [
			'default' => '',
			'type' => 'string',
			];

			/**
			* Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'hasSharedCache' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
			*
			* Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
			*
			* @since 1.5
			*/
			public const CacheSharedUploads = [
			'default' => true,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
			* are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
			* authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
			*
			* The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
			*
			* Example:
			* $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
			*/
			public const ForeignUploadTargets = [
			'default' => [ 'local', ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
			* (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
			*
			* This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote
			* wikis using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
			*
			* See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
			*/
			public const UploadDialog = [
			'default' =>
			[
			'fields' =>
			[
			'description' => true,
			'date' => false,
			'categories' => false,
			],
			'licensemessages' =>
			[
			'local' => 'generic-local',
			'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
			],
			'comment' =>
			[
			'local' => '',
			'foreign' => '',
			],
			'format' =>
			[
			'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
			'description' => '$TEXT',
			'ownwork' => '',
			'license' => '',
			'uncategorized' => '',
			],
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* File backend structure configuration.
			*
			* This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
			* Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
			* - name : A unique name for the backend
			* - class : The file backend class to use
			* - wikiId : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
			* - lockManager : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers) [optional]
			*
			* See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
			* Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
			* These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
			*
			* FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
			* can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
			* another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
			* configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
			*
			* There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
			* - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
			* By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
			* which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
			* Setting 'domainId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
			* all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
			* multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is not
			* part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
			* - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
			* wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
			* if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
			* One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
			* any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
			* different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
			* a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
			* would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
			*/
			public const FileBackends = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* List of lock manager backend configurations.
			*
			* Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
			* - name : A unique name for the lock manager
			* - class : The lock manager class to use
			*
			* See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
			* Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
			* These settings should be global to all wikis.
			*/
			public const LockManagers = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Whether to show Exif data.
			* The effective default value is determined at runtime:
			* enabled if PHP's EXIF extension module is loaded.
			*
			* Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
			*
			* @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
			* To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
			* extensions" section of php.ini:
			*
			* ```{.ini}
			* extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
			* ```
			*/
			public const ShowEXIF = [
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'callback' => [ self::class, 'getDefaultShowEXIF' ] ],
			];

			/**
			* @return bool
			*/
			public static function getDefaultShowEXIF(): bool {
			return function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
			}

			/**
			* Shortcut for the 'updateCompatibleMetadata' setting of $wgLocalFileRepo.
			*/
			public const UpdateCompatibleMetadata = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
			*
			* The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
			* You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
			*/
			public const AllowCopyUploads = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* A list of domains copy uploads can come from
			*
			* @since 1.20
			*/
			public const CopyUploadsDomains = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
			* true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
			* able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
			*/
			public const CopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
			*
			* @since 1.20
			*/
			public const CopyUploadProxy = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Different timeout for upload by url
			* This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
			* timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
			* to default.
			*
			* @since 1.22
			*/
			public const CopyUploadTimeout = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'false\|integer',
			];

			/**
			* If true, the value of $wgCopyUploadsDomains will be merged with the
			* contents of MediaWiki:Copyupload-allowed-domains.
			*
			* @since 1.39
			*/
			public const CopyUploadAllowOnWikiDomainConfig = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Max size for uploads, in bytes.
			*
			* If not set to an array, applies to all uploads. If set to an array, per upload
			* type maximums can be set, using the file and url keys. If the `*` key is set
			* this value will be used as maximum for non-specified types.
			*
			* The below example would set the maximum for all uploads to 250 KiB except,
			* for upload-by-url, which would have a maximum of 500 KiB.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgMaxUploadSize = [
			* '' => 250 1024,
			* 'url' => 500 * 1024,
			* ];
			* ```
			* Default: 100 MiB.
			*/
			public const MaxUploadSize = [
			'default' => 1024 * 1024 * 100,
			];

			/**
			* Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes.
			*
			* When using chunked upload, non-final chunks smaller than this will be rejected.
			*
			* Note that this may be further reduced by the `upload_max_filesize` and
			* `post_max_size` PHP settings. Use ApiUpload::getMinUploadChunkSize to
			* get the effective minimum chunk size used by MediaWiki.
			*
			* Default: 1 KiB.
			*
			* @since 1.26
			* @see \ApiUpload::getMinUploadChunkSize
			*/
			public const MinUploadChunkSize = [
			'default' => 1024,
			];

			/**
			* Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
			* Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
			* without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
			* ```
			*/
			public const UploadNavigationUrl = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
			* $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?\|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
			* appended to it as appropriate.
			*/
			public const UploadMissingFileUrl = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
			* request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
			*
			* This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
			* access to the thumbnail path.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
			* ```
			*/
			public const ThumbnailScriptPath = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Shortcut for the 'thumbScriptUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
			*
			* Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
			*
			* @since 1.3
			*/
			public const SharedThumbnailScriptPath = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'string\|false',
			];

			/**
			* Shortcut for setting `hashLevels=2` in $wgLocalFileRepo.
			*
			* @note Only used if $wgLocalFileRepo is not set.
			*/
			public const HashedUploadDirectory = [
			'default' => true,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
			* with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
			*
			* @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
			* such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
			* your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
			*/
			public const FileExtensions = [
			'default' => [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp', ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
			*
			* An array of file extensions to prevent being uploaded. You should
			* append to this array if you want to prevent additional file extensions.
			*
			* @since 1.37; previously $wgFileBlacklist
			*/
			public const ProhibitedFileExtensions = [
			'default' => [
			# HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
			'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
			# PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
			'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps', 'phar',
			# Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
			'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
			# May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
			'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl',
			# T341565
			'xml',
			],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
			* if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
			*
			* @since 1.37; previously $wgMimeTypeBlacklist
			*/
			public const MimeTypeExclusions = [
			'default' => [
			# HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
			'text/html',
			# Similarly with JavaScript itself
			'application/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
			# PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
			'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
			# Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
			'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
			# Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
			'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
			# Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
			'application/x-msmetafile',
			# Files that look like java files
			'application/java',
			# XML files generally - T341565
			'application/xml', 'text/xml',
			],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
			*
			* @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
			*/
			public const CheckFileExtensions = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
			* by $wgFileExtensions.
			*
			* @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
			*/
			public const StrictFileExtensions = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
			*
			* @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
			* $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
			*/
			public const DisableUploadScriptChecks = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
			*/
			public const UploadSizeWarning = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
			*
			* Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
			* This list is used by File::isSafeFile
			*
			* Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
			* displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
			* to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
			* [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
			*/
			public const TrustedMediaFormats = [
			'default' => [
			MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, / all bitmap formats
			MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, / all audio formats
			MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, / all plain video formats
			"image/svg+xml", / svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
			"application/pdf", / PDF files
			# "application/x-shockwave-flash", /flash/shockwave movie
			],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Plugins for media file type handling.
			*
			* Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
			*
			* Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
			* and extensions should use extension.json.
			*/
			public const MediaHandlers = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Toggles native image lazy loading, via the "loading" attribute.
			*
			* @unstable EXPERIMENTAL
			* @since 1.34
			*/
			public const NativeImageLazyLoading = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
			* thumbnails, so a mock will do)
			*/
			public const ParserTestMediaHandlers = [
			'default' => [
			'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
			'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
			'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
			'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
			'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
			'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
			'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
			'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
			'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
			'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
			* always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
			* height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
			*/
			public const UseImageResize = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
			* ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
			*
			* These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
			* GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
			*
			* Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
			*/
			public const UseImageMagick = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
			*/
			public const ImageMagickConvertCommand = [
			'default' => '/usr/bin/convert',
			];

			/**
			* Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
			*
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const MaxInterlacingAreas = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
			*/
			public const SharpenParameter = [
			'default' => '0x0.4',
			];

			/**
			* Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
			*/
			public const SharpenReductionThreshold = [
			'default' => 0.85,
			];

			/**
			* Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
			* this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
			*/
			public const ImageMagickTempDir = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
			* %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
			* %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
			*
			* Example for GraphicMagick:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
			* ```
			* Leave as false to skip this.
			*/
			public const CustomConvertCommand = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* used for lossless jpeg rotation
			*
			* @since 1.21
			*/
			public const JpegTran = [
			'default' => '/usr/bin/jpegtran',
			];

			/**
			* At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
			* subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
			* at sharp edges.
			*
			* See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
			*
			* Supported values:
			* false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
			* 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
			* 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
			* 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
			*
			* This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
			* others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
			* sampling in the thumbnail.
			*
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const JpegPixelFormat = [
			'default' => 'yuv420',
			];

			/**
			* When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
			* from the backend. It should be an integer between 1 and 100,
			* with 100 indicating 100% quality.
			*
			* @since 1.32
			*/
			public const JpegQuality = [
			'default' => 80,
			];

			/**
			* Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
			* image formats.
			*/
			public const Exiv2Command = [
			'default' => '/usr/bin/exiv2',
			];

			/**
			* Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
			*
			* @since 1.26
			*/
			public const Exiftool = [
			'default' => '/usr/bin/exiftool',
			];

			/**
			* Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
			*
			* Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
			* necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
			*
			* An external program is required to perform this conversion.
			* If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
			* are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
			*/
			public const SVGConverters = [
			'default' => [
			'ImageMagick' => '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\\! $input PNG:$output',
			'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
			'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
			'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d $output $input',
			'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
			'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
			'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt', ],
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
			*/
			public const SVGConverter = [
			'default' => 'ImageMagick',
			];

			/**
			* If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
			*/
			public const SVGConverterPath = [
			'default' => '',
			];

			/**
			* Don't scale a SVG larger than this
			*/
			public const SVGMaxSize = [
			'default' => 5120,
			];

			/**
			* Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
			*
			* Default is 5 MiB
			*/
			public const SVGMetadataCutoff = [
			'default' => 1024 * 1024 * 5,
			];

			/**
			* Whether native rendering by the browser agent is allowed
			*
			* Default is false. Setting it to true disables all SVG conversion.
			* Setting to the string 'partial' will only allow native rendering
			* when the filesize is below SVGNativeRenderingSizeLimit and if the
			* file contains at most 1 language.
			*
			* @since 1.41
			*/
			public const SVGNativeRendering = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'string\|boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Filesize limit for allowing SVGs to render natively by the browser agent
			*
			* Default is 50kB.
			*
			* @since 1.41
			*/
			public const SVGNativeRenderingSizeLimit = [
			'default' => 50 * 1024,
			];

			/**
			* Whether thumbnails should be generated in target language (usually, same as
			* page language), if available.
			*
			* Currently, applies only to SVG images that use the systemLanguage attribute
			* to specify text language.
			*
			* @since 1.33
			*/
			public const MediaInTargetLanguage = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
			* down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
			* and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
			*
			* This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
			* image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
			* built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
			* JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
			*
			* If set to false, MediaWiki will not check the size of the image before
			* attempting to scale it. Extensions may still override this setting by
			* using the BitmapHandlerCheckImageArea hook.
			*
			* The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
			* 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
			*/
			public const MaxImageArea = [
			'default' => 12_500_000,
			'type' => 'string\|integer\|false',
			];

			/**
			* Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
			* frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
			* is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
			*
			*
			* It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
			*/
			public const MaxAnimatedGifArea = [
			'default' => 12_500_000,
			];

			/**
			* Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
			* For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
			*
			* Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* / PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
			* $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
			* / JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
			* $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
			* ```
			*/
			public const TiffThumbnailType = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			'mergeStrategy' => 'replace',
			];

			/**
			* If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
			* will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
			*
			* Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
			* to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
			*/
			public const ThumbnailEpoch = [
			'default' => '20030516000000',
			];

			/**
			* Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
			* for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
			* memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
			*
			* This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
			*/
			public const AttemptFailureEpoch = [
			'default' => 1,
			];

			/**
			* If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
			* output instead of showing an error message.
			*
			* This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
			* is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
			*
			* On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
			* Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
			* are logged to a file for review.
			*/
			public const IgnoreImageErrors = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Render thumbnails while parsing wikitext.
			*
			* If set to false, then the Parser will output valid thumbnail URLs without
			* generating or storing the thumbnail files. This can significantly speed up
			* processing on the web server. The site admin needs to configure a 404 handler
			* in order for the URLs in question to regenerate the thumbnails in question
			* on-demand. This can enable concurrency and also save computing resources
			* as not every resolution of every image on every page is accessed between
			* re-parses of the article. For example, re-parses triggered by bot edits,
			* or cascading updates from template edits.
			*
			* If you use $wgLocalFileRepo, then you will also need to set the following:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgLocalFileRepo['transformVia404'] = true;
			* ```
			*
			* @since 1.7.0
			*/
			public const GenerateThumbnailOnParse = [
			'default' => true,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
			*/
			public const ShowArchiveThumbnails = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
			* be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
			* is available that can rotate.
			*/
			public const EnableAutoRotation = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
			* $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
			* null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
			*/
			public const Antivirus = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/**
			* Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
			* associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
			*
			* The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
			* valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
			*
			* The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
			* "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
			*
			* "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
			* replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
			* will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
			* scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
			* $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
			* path.
			*
			* "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
			* function in SpecialUpload.
			* - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
			* the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
			* is not set.
			* - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
			* the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
			* viruses. This causes the file to pass.
			* - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
			* no virus was found.
			* - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
			* a virus.
			* - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
			*
			* "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
			* output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
			* If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
			*/
			public const AntivirusSetup = [
			'default' => [
			# setup for clamav
			'clamav' => [
			'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
			'codemap' => [
			"0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
			"1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
			"52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
			"*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
			],
			'messagepattern' => '/.?:(.)/sim',
			],
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
			*/
			public const AntivirusRequired = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
			*/
			public const VerifyMimeType = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Sets the MIME type definition file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
			*
			* When this is set to the path of a mime.types file, MediaWiki will use this
			* file to map MIME types to file extensions and vice versa, in lieu of its
			* internal MIME map. Note that some MIME mappings are considered "baked in"
			* and cannot be overridden. See includes/libs/mime/MimeMapMinimal.php for a
			* full list.
			* example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
			*/
			public const MimeTypeFile = [
			'default' => 'internal',
			];

			/**
			* Sets the MIME type info file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
			*
			* Set to null to use the minimum set of built-in defaults only.
			*/
			public const MimeInfoFile = [
			'default' => 'internal',
			];

			/**
			* Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
			* the MIME type to standard output.
			*
			* The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
			* If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; / use external MIME detector (Linux)
			* ```
			*/
			public const MimeDetectorCommand = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/**
			* Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
			* things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
			* can be trusted.
			*/
			public const TrivialMimeDetection = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
			*
			* array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
			*/
			public const XMLMimeTypes = [
			'default' => [
			'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
			'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
			'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
			'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html',
			'html' => 'text/html',
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit.
			*
			* In order to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from this list.
			* The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
			* the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
			* change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
			*
			* This list is also used by ImagePage for alternate size links.
			*/
			public const ImageLimits = [
			'default' => [
			[ 320, 240 ],
			[ 640, 480 ],
			[ 800, 600 ],
			[ 1024, 768 ],
			[ 1280, 1024 ],
			[ 2560, 2048 ],
			],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
			* reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
			* list of settings the user can choose from:
			*/
			public const ThumbLimits = [
			'default' => [
			120,
			150,
			180,
			200,
			250,
			300
			],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Defines what namespaces thumbnails will be displayed for in Special:Search.
			* This is the list of namespaces for which thumbnails (or a placeholder in
			* the absence of a thumbnail) will be shown:
			*/
			public const ThumbnailNamespaces = [
			'default' => [ NS_FILE ],
			'type' => 'list',
			'items' => [ 'type' => 'integer', ],
			];

			/**
			* When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
			*
			* The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
			* always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
			*
			* The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
			* when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
			* supports it.
			*/
			public const ThumbnailBuckets = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?list',
			];

			/**
			* When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
			* above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
			* needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
			* following buckets:
			*
			* $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
			*
			* and a distance of 50:
			*
			* $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
			*
			* If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
			* because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
			*/
			public const ThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = [
			'default' => 50,
			];

			/**
			* When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
			* prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand,
			* which has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
			*
			* This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
			*
			* @since 1.25
			*/
			public const UploadThumbnailRenderMap = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
			* $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
			*
			* The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
			* thumbnail's URL.
			* This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The
			* latter option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
			*
			* @since 1.25
			*/
			public const UploadThumbnailRenderMethod = [
			'default' => 'jobqueue',
			];

			/**
			* When using the "http" $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP
			* header.
			*
			* @since 1.25
			*/
			public const UploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* When using the "http" $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to
			* send the HTTP request to.
			*
			* @since 1.25
			*/
			public const UploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more
			* lightweight
			* (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
			*
			* @since 1.26
			*/
			public const UseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
			*
			* Fields are:
			* - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
			* - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
			* - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
			* - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
			* A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
			* and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
			* @deprecated since 1.28
			* - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
			* - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
			* - mode: Gallery mode
			*/
			public const GalleryOptions = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
			* This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
			* by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
			*/
			public const ThumbUpright = [
			'default' => 0.75,
			];

			/**
			* Default value for chmod-ing of new directories.
			*/
			public const DirectoryMode = [
			'default' => 0777, / octal!
			];

			/**
			* Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
			*
			* This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
			* thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
			*/
			public const ResponsiveImages = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Add a preconnect link for browsers to a remote FileRepo host.
			*
			* This is an optional performance enhancement designed for wiki farm where
			* $wgForeignFileRepos or $wgLocalFileRepo is set to serve thumbnails from a
			* separate hostname (e.g. not local `/w/images`). The feature expects at most
			* a single remote hostname to be used.
			*
			* If multiple foreign repos are registered that serve images from different hostnames,
			* only the first will be preconnected.
			*
			* This may cause unneeded HTTP connections in browsers on wikis where a foreign repo is
			* enabled but where a local repo is more commonly used.
			*
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const ImagePreconnect = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region DJVU settings
			/** @name DJVU settings */

			/**
			* Whether to use BoxedCommand or not.
			*
			* @unstable Temporary feature flag for T352515
			* @since 1.42
			*/
			public const DjvuUseBoxedCommand = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Path of the djvudump executable
			* Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
			* example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
			*
			* If this is set, {@link self::ShellboxShell} must be set to the correct
			* shell path.
			*/
			public const DjvuDump = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/**
			* Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
			* Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
			* example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
			*/
			public const DjvuRenderer = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/**
			* Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
			* Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
			* example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
			*
			* If this is set, {@link self::ShellboxShell} must be set to the correct
			* shell path.
			*/
			public const DjvuTxt = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/**
			* Shell command for the DJVU post processor
			* Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
			* Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
			*/
			public const DjvuPostProcessor = [
			'default' => 'pnmtojpeg',
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/**
			* File extension for the DJVU post processor output
			*/
			public const DjvuOutputExtension = [
			'default' => 'jpg',
			];

			/ endregion -- end of DJvu

			/ endregion -- end of file uploads

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Email settings
			/** @name Email settings */

			/**
			* Site admin email address.
			*
			* Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
			*/
			public const EmergencyContact = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
			*
			* The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
			* as well as other e-mail notifications.
			*
			* Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
			*/
			public const PasswordSender = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
			*
			* Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
			*/
			public const NoReplyAddress = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
			* Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
			* server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
			*/
			public const EnableEmail = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
			*
			* This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
			*/
			public const EnableUserEmail = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Set to true to enable the Special Mute page. This allows users
			* to mute unwanted communications from other users, and is linked
			* to from emails originating from Special:Email.
			*
			* @since 1.34
			*/
			public const EnableSpecialMute = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail mutelist.
			*
			* @since 1.37; previously $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist
			*/
			public const EnableUserEmailMuteList = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
			* instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
			*
			* Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
			* which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
			* when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
			* can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
			*/
			public const UserEmailUseReplyTo = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
			* emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
			*/
			public const PasswordReminderResendTime = [
			'default' => 24,
			];

			/**
			* The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
			*/
			public const NewPasswordExpiry = [
			'default' => 3600 * 24 * 7,
			];

			/**
			* The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
			*/
			public const UserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = [
			'default' => 7 * 24 * 60 * 60,
			];

			/**
			* The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
			* user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
			*/
			public const PasswordExpirationDays = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
			* and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
			*/
			public const PasswordExpireGrace = [
			'default' => 3600 * 24 * 7,
			];

			/**
			* SMTP Mode.
			*
			* For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
			* Default to false or fill an array :
			*
			* ```
			* $wgSMTP = [
			* 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
			* 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
			* 'port' => '25',
			* 'auth' => [true\|false],
			* 'username' => [SMTP username],
			* 'password' => [SMTP password],
			* ];
			* ```
			*/
			public const SMTP = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'false\|map',
			];

			/**
			* Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
			*/
			public const AdditionalMailParams = [
			'default' => null,
			];

			/**
			* For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
			* both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
			*/
			public const AllowHTMLEmail = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
			*
			* This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
			* If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
			* will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
			*
			* If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
			*/
			public const EnotifFromEditor = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
			*
			* This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
			* spam relay.
			*/
			public const EmailAuthentication = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
			*/
			public const EnotifWatchlist = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
			* user talk page.
			*
			* The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
			* preference set to true.
			*/
			public const EnotifUserTalk = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
			*
			* Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
			* opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
			* 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
			* notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
			*
			* To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
			*
			* If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
			*/
			public const EnotifRevealEditorAddress = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
			* by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
			*
			* If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
			* trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
			*
			* Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
			* false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
			*
			* User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
			* $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
			*/
			public const EnotifMinorEdits = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
			* always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
			*
			* For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
			* Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
			*/
			public const EnotifImpersonal = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
			* match the limit on your mail server.
			*/
			public const EnotifMaxRecips = [
			'default' => 500,
			];

			/**
			* Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
			*/
			public const EnotifUseRealName = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
			* which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
			*/
			public const UsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/ endregion -- end of email settings

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Database settings
			/** @name Database settings */

			/**
			* Current wiki database name
			*
			* This should only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters ([A-Za-z0-9_]+).
			* Spaces, quotes, backticks, dots, and hyphens are likely to be problematic.
			*
			* This is used to determine the current/local wiki ID (WikiMap::getCurrentWikiDbDomain).
			*
			* This should still be set even if $wgLBFactoryConf is configured.
			*/
			public const DBname = [
			'default' => 'my_wiki',
			];

			/**
			* Current wiki database schema name
			*
			* This should only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters ([A-Za-z0-9_]+).
			* Spaces, quotes, backticks, dots, and hyphens are likely to be problematic.
			*
			* This is used to determine the current/local wiki ID (WikiMap::getCurrentWikiDbDomain).
			*
			* This should still be set even if $wgLBFactoryConf is configured.
			*/
			public const DBmwschema = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/**
			* Current wiki database table name prefix
			*
			* This should only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters ([A-Za-z0-9_]+).
			* If it's a non-empty string, then it preferably should end with an underscore.
			* Spaces, quotes, backticks, dots, and hyphens are especially likely to be problematic.
			*
			* This is used to determine the current/local wiki ID (WikiMap::getCurrentWikiDbDomain).
			*
			* This should still be set even if $wgLBFactoryConf is configured.
			*/
			public const DBprefix = [
			'default' => '',
			];

			/**
			* Database host name or IP address
			*/
			public const DBserver = [
			'default' => 'localhost',
			];

			/**
			* Database port number
			*/
			public const DBport = [
			'default' => 5432,
			];

			/**
			* Database username
			*/
			public const DBuser = [
			'default' => 'wikiuser',
			];

			/**
			* Database user's password
			*/
			public const DBpassword = [
			'default' => '',
			];

			/**
			* Database type
			*/
			public const DBtype = [
			'default' => 'mysql',
			];

			/**
			* Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
			*
			* This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
			* '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
			* the 'ssl' parameter of the server array must be set to achieve the same functionality.
			*/
			public const DBssl = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Whether to use compression in DB connection.
			*
			* This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
			* '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
			* the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
			* connection to achieve the same functionality.
			*/
			public const DBcompress = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Check for warnings after DB queries and throw an exception if an
			* unacceptable warning is detected.
			*
			* This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
			* '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array.
			* Otherwise, the 'strictWarnings' parameter of the server array must be set
			* to achieve the same functionality.
			*
			* @since 1.42
			*/
			public const DBStrictWarnings = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
			*/
			public const DBadminuser = [
			'default' => null,
			];

			/**
			* Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
			*/
			public const DBadminpassword = [
			'default' => null,
			];

			/**
			* Search type.
			*
			* Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
			* selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
			* name to override to a custom search engine.
			*
			* If the canonical name for the search engine doesn't match the class name
			* (because it's namespaced for example), you can add a mapping for this in
			* SearchMappings in extension.json.
			*/
			public const SearchType = [
			'default' => null,
			];

			/**
			* Alternative search types
			*
			* Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
			* allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
			* to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
			* need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
			*
			* If the canonical name for the search engine doesn't match the class name
			* (because it's namespaced for example), you can add a mapping for this in
			* SearchMappings in extension.json.
			*/
			public const SearchTypeAlternatives = [
			'default' => null,
			];

			/**
			* MySQL table options to use during installation or update
			*/
			public const DBTableOptions = [
			'default' => 'ENGINE=InnoDB, DEFAULT CHARSET=binary',
			];

			/**
			* SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
			*
			* null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
			* DBA has done his best job.
			* String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
			*/
			public const SQLMode = [
			'default' => '',
			];

			/**
			* Default group to use when getting database connections.
			*
			* Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection.
			*
			* @since 1.32
			*/
			public const DBDefaultGroup = [
			'default' => null,
			];

			/**
			* To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
			*/
			public const SQLiteDataDir = [
			'default' => '',
			];

			/**
			* Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
			* for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
			* main database.
			*
			* For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
			* prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
			* The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
			* preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
			*
			* $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
			* database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
			* MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
			*
			* $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
			* $wgDBprefix.
			*
			* $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
			* $wgDBmwschema.
			*/
			public const SharedDB = [
			'default' => null,
			];

			/**
			* @see self::SharedDB
			*/
			public const SharedPrefix = [
			'default' => false,
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'DBprefix' ] ]
			];

			/**
			* @param mixed $dbPrefix Value of DBprefix
			* @return mixed
			*/
			public static function getDefaultSharedPrefix( $dbPrefix ) {
			return $dbPrefix;
			}

			/**
			* @see self::SharedDB
			* The installer will add 'actor' to this list for all new wikis.
			*/
			public const SharedTables = [
			'default' => [
			'user',
			'user_properties',
			'user_autocreate_serial',
			],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* @see self::SharedDB
			* @since 1.23
			*/
			public const SharedSchema = [
			'default' => false,
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'DBmwschema' ] ]
			];

			/**
			* @param mixed $dbMwschema Value of DBmwschema
			* @return mixed
			*/
			public static function getDefaultSharedSchema( $dbMwschema ) {
			return $dbMwschema;
			}

			/**
			* Database load balancer
			* This is a two-dimensional array, a list of server info structures
			* Fields are:
			* - host: Host name
			* - dbname: Default database name
			* - user: DB user
			* - password: DB password
			* - type: DB type
			* - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
			*
			* - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
			* If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
			* sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
			* The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
			*
			* - groupLoads: (optional) Array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query
			* may belong to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
			*
			* - flags: (optional) Bit field of properties:
			* - DBO_DEFAULT: Transactional-ize web requests and use autocommit otherwise
			* - DBO_DEBUG: Equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
			* - DBO_SSL: Use TLS connection encryption if available (deprecated)
			* - DBO_COMPRESS: Use protocol compression with database connections
			* - DBO_PERSISTENT: Enables persistent database connections
			*
			* - ssl: (optional) Boolean, whether to use TLS encryption. Overrides DBO_SSL.
			* - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
			* - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
			* - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
			* nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
			* This is what DBO_DEFAULT uses to determine when a web request is present.
			* [Default: true if MW_ENTRY_POINT is 'cli', otherwise false]
			*
			* These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
			* variable of the Database object.
			*
			* Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
			* variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
			* perhaps in some command-line scripts).
			*
			* The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the primary. The
			* rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
			* accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
			* replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
			*
			* ```
			* SET @@read_only=1;
			* ```
			*
			* Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
			* up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
			* our primaries, and then set read_only=0 on primaries at runtime.
			*/
			public const DBservers = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'false\|list',
			];

			/**
			* Configuration for the ILBFactory service
			*
			* The "class" setting must point to a LBFactory subclass, which is also responsible
			* for reading $wgDBservers, $wgDBserver, etc.
			*
			* To set up a wiki farm with multiple database clusters, set the "class" to
			* LBFactoryMulti. See {@link Wikimedia::Rdbms::LBFactoryMulti LBFactoryMulti} docs for
			* information on how to configure the rest of the $wgLBFactoryConf array.
			*/
			public const LBFactoryConf = [
			'default' => [
			'class' => 'Wikimedia\\Rdbms\\LBFactorySimple',
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			'mergeStrategy' => 'replace',
			];

			/**
			* After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
			* how many seconds that client should keep using the primary datacenter.
			*
			* This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
			*
			* This must be greater than or equal to
			* Wikimedia\Rdbms\ChronologyProtector::POSITION_COOKIE_TTL.
			*
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const DataCenterUpdateStickTTL = [
			'default' => 10,
			];

			/**
			* File to log database errors to
			*/
			public const DBerrorLog = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Timezone to use in the error log.
			*
			* Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
			*
			* A list of usable timezones can found at:
			* https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
			*
			* Examples:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
			* $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
			* $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
			* $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
			* $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
			* ```
			*
			* @since 1.20
			*/
			public const DBerrorLogTZ = [
			'default' => false,
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'Localtimezone' ] ]
			];

			public static function getDefaultDBerrorLogTZ( $localtimezone ) {
			/ NOTE: Extra fallback, in case $localtimezone is ''.
			/ Many extsing LocalSettings files have $wgLocaltimezone = ''
			/ in them, erroneously generated by the installer.
			return $localtimezone ?: self::getDefaultLocaltimezone();
			}

			/**
			* Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
			*
			* List of wiki DB domain IDs; the format of each ID consist of 1-3 hyphen
			* delimited alphanumeric components (each with no hyphens nor spaces) of any of the forms:
			* - "<DB NAME>-<DB SCHEMA>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
			* - "<DB NAME>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
			* - "<DB NAME>"
			* If hyphens appear in any of the components, then the domain ID parsing may not work
			* in all cases and site functionality might be affected. If the schema ($wgDBmwschema)
			* is left to the default "mediawiki" for all wikis, then the schema should be omitted
			* from these IDs.
			*/
			public const LocalDatabases = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ],
			];

			/**
			* If lag is higher than $wgDatabaseReplicaLagWarning, show a warning in some special
			* pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgDatabaseReplicaLagCritical,
			* show a more obvious warning.
			*
			* @since 1.36
			*/
			public const DatabaseReplicaLagWarning = [
			'default' => 10,
			];

			/**
			* @see self::DatabaseReplicaLagWarning
			* @since 1.36
			*/
			public const DatabaseReplicaLagCritical = [
			'default' => 30,
			];

			/**
			* Max execution time for queries of several expensive special pages such as RecentChanges
			* in milliseconds.
			*
			* @since 1.38
			*/
			public const MaxExecutionTimeForExpensiveQueries = [
			'default' => 0,
			];

			/**
			* Mapping of virtual domain to external cluster db.
			*
			* If no entry is set, the code assumes local database.
			* For example, for routing queries of virtual domain 'vdomain'
			* to 'wikishared' database in 'extension1' cluster. The config should be like this:
			* [ 'vdomain' => [ 'cluster' => 'extension1', 'db' => 'wikishared' ] ]
			*
			* If the database needs to be the local domain, just set the 'db' to false.
			*
			* If you want to get another db in the main cluster, just omit 'cluster'. For example:
			* [ 'centralauth' => [ 'db' => 'centralauth' ] ]
			*
			* @since 1.41
			*/
			public const VirtualDomainsMapping = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Pagelinks table schema migration stage, for normalizing pl_namespace and pl_title fields.
			*
			* Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
			*
			* - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_NEW \| SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW (SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW)
			*
			* History:
			* - 1.41: Added
			* - 1.43: Default has changed to SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW.
			*/
			public const PageLinksSchemaMigrationStage = [
			'default' => SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW,
			'type' => 'integer',
			];

			/**
			* Gaps in the externallinks table for certain domains.
			*
			* If you have identified certain domains for which externallinks searches are slow,
			* you can use this setting to make MediaWiki skip large el_id ranges,
			* rather than having the database scan through them fruitlessly.
			*
			* Each key in the array is a domain name in el_to_domain_index form,
			* e.g. 'https://com.example.'.
			* The value is an array with integer keys and values,
			* where each entry is a range (from => to, both inclusive)
			* of el_id values where this domain is known to have no entries.
			* (Subdomains are included, i.e., configuring an entry here guarantees to MediaWiki
			* that there are no rows where the el_to_domain_index starts with this value.)
			*
			* History:
			* - 1.41: Added
			*/
			public const ExternalLinksDomainGaps = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/ endregion -- End of DB settings

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Content handlers and storage
			/** @name Content handlers and storage */

			/**
			* Plugins for page content model handling.
			*
			* Each entry in the array maps a model id to an ObjectFactory specification
			* that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
			*
			* @since 1.21
			*/
			public const ContentHandlers = [
			'default' =>
			[
			/ the usual case
			CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => [
			'class' => WikitextContentHandler::class,
			'services' => [
			'TitleFactory',
			'ParserFactory',
			'GlobalIdGenerator',
			'LanguageNameUtils',
			'LinkRenderer',
			'MagicWordFactory',
			'ParsoidParserFactory',
			],
			],
			/ dumb version, no syntax highlighting
			CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
			/ simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
			CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
			/ dumb version, no syntax highlighting
			CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
			/ plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
			CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
			/ fallback for unknown models, from imports or extensions that were removed
			CONTENT_MODEL_UNKNOWN => FallbackContentHandler::class,
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that
			* namespace should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special
			* content type is defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the
			* CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
			* (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
			*
			* @note To determine the default model for a new page's main slot, or any slot in general,
			* use SlotRoleHandler::getDefaultModel() together with SlotRoleRegistry::getRoleHandler().
			* @since 1.21
			*/
			public const NamespaceContentModels = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
			* of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
			* the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
			*
			* Note that table of contents information will be suppressed for all
			* text models in this list other than wikitext.
			*
			* @todo Make the ToC suppression configurable by the content model
			* (T313455), not a side effect of inclusion here.
			*
			* @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
			* or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
			* @since 1.21
			*/
			public const TextModelsToParse = [
			'default' => [
			CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, / Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
			CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, / Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
			CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, / Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
			],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
			* revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
			* compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
			* but will not be readable at all if zlib support is not available.
			*/
			public const CompressRevisions = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* List of enabled ExternalStore protocols.
			*
			* @see \ExternalStoreAccess
			*
			* ```
			* $wgExternalStores = [ "DB" ];
			* ```
			*/
			public const ExternalStores = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Shortcut for setting `$wgLBFactoryConf["externalClusters"]`.
			*
			* This is only applicable when using the default LBFactory
			* of {@link Wikimedia::Rdbms::LBFactorySimple LBFactorySimple}.
			* It is ignored if a different LBFactory is set, or if `externalClusters`
			* is already set explicitly.
			*
			* @see \ExternalStoreAccess
			*
			* Example:
			* Create a cluster named 'blobs_cluster1':
			*
			* ```
			* $wgExternalServers = [
			* 'blobs_cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
			* ];
			* ```
			*/
			public const ExternalServers = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* The place to put new text blobs or false to put them in the text table
			* of the local wiki database.
			*
			* @see \ExternalStoreAccess
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
			* ```
			*/
			public const DefaultExternalStore = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'list\|false',
			];

			/**
			* Revision text may be cached in the main WAN cache to reduce load on external
			* storage servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
			*
			* Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
			*/
			public const RevisionCacheExpiry = [
			'default' => SqlBlobStore::DEFAULT_TTL,
			'type' => 'integer',
			];

			/**
			* Revision slots may be cached in the main WAN cache and/or the local server cache
			* to reduce load on the database.
			*
			* Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
			*/
			public const RevisionSlotsCacheExpiry = [
			'default' => [
			'local' => BagOStuff::TTL_HOUR,
			'WAN' => BagOStuff::TTL_DAY,
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Enable page language feature
			* Allows setting page language in database
			*
			* @since 1.24
			*/
			public const PageLanguageUseDB = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Specify the difference engine to use.
			*
			* Supported values:
			* - 'external': Use an external diff engine, which must be specified via $wgExternalDiffEngine
			* - 'wikidiff2': Use the wikidiff2 PHP extension
			* - 'php': PHP implementations included in MediaWiki
			*
			* The default (null) is to use the first engine that's available.
			*
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const DiffEngine = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/**
			* Name of the external diff engine to use.
			*/
			public const ExternalDiffEngine = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'string\|false',
			];

			/**
			* Options for wikidiff2:
			* - useMultiFormat: (bool) Whether to use wikidiff2_multi_format_diff()
			* if it is available. This temporarily defaults to false, during
			* migration to the new code. It is available in wikidiff2 1.14.0+.
			*
			* The following options are only effective if wikidiff2_multi_format_diff()
			* is enabled. See README.md in wikidiff2 for details:
			*
			* - numContextLines
			* - changeThreshold
			* - movedLineThreshold
			* - maxMovedLines
			* - maxWordLevelDiffComplexity
			* - maxSplitSize
			* - initialSplitThreshold
			* - finalSplitThreshold
			*
			* Also:
			* - formatOptions: An array of format-specific overrides. The key may
			* be "inline" or "table" and the value is an array with keys
			* numContextLines, changeThreshold, etc.
			* @since 1.41
			*/
			public const Wikidiff2Options = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map'
			];

			/ endregion -- end of Content handlers and storage

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Performance hacks and limits
			/** @name Performance hacks and limits */

			/**
			* Set a limit on server request wall clock time.
			*
			* If the Excimer extension is enabled, setting this will cause an exception
			* to be thrown after the specified number of seconds. If the extension is
			* not available, set_time_limit() will be called instead.
			*
			* @since 1.36
			*/
			public const RequestTimeLimit = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?integer',
			];

			/**
			* The request time limit for "slow" write requests that should not be
			* interrupted due to the risk of data corruption.
			*
			* The limit will only be raised. If the pre-existing time limit is larger,
			* then this will have no effect.
			*
			* @since 1.26
			*/
			public const TransactionalTimeLimit = [
			'default' => 120,
			];

			/**
			* The maximum time critical sections are allowed to stay open. Critical
			* sections are used to defer Excimer request timeouts. If Excimer is available
			* and this time limit is exceeded, an exception will be thrown at the next
			* opportunity, typically after a long-running function like a DB query returns.
			*
			* Critical sections may wrap long-running queries, and it's generally better
			* for the timeout to be handled a few milliseconds later when the critical
			* section exits, so this should be a large number.
			*
			* This limit is ignored in command-line mode.
			*
			* @since 1.36
			*/
			public const CriticalSectionTimeLimit = [
			'default' => 180.0,
			'type' => 'float',
			];

			/**
			* Disable database-intensive features
			*/
			public const MiserMode = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
			*/
			public const DisableQueryPages = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
			*/
			public const QueryCacheLimit = [
			'default' => 1000,
			];

			/**
			* Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
			*/
			public const WantedPagesThreshold = [
			'default' => 1,
			];

			/**
			* Enable slow parser functions
			*/
			public const AllowSlowParserFunctions = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Allow schema updates
			*/
			public const AllowSchemaUpdates = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Maximum article size in kibibytes
			*/
			public const MaxArticleSize = [
			'default' => 2048,
			];

			/**
			* The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
			* raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
			*/
			public const MemoryLimit = [
			'default' => '50M',
			];

			/**
			* Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
			*
			* An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
			*
			* This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
			* defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
			* The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
			* parameters.
			*
			* Example using local redis instance:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
			* 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
			* 'timeout' => 15, / wait timeout in seconds
			* 'workers' => 1, / maximum number of active threads in each pool
			* 'maxqueue' => 5, / maximum number of total threads in each pool
			* 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
			* 'redisConfig' => []
			* ] ];
			* ```
			*
			* Example using C daemon from <https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/mediawiki/services/poolcounter>
			*
			* ```
			* $wgPoolCountClientConf = [
			* 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
			* 'timeout' => 0.5,
			* 'connect_timeout' => 0.01,
			* ];
			*
			* $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
			* 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
			* 'timeout' => 15, / wait timeout in seconds
			* 'workers' => 5, / maximum number of active threads in each pool
			* 'maxqueue' => 50, / maximum number of total threads in each pool
			* ... any extension-specific options...
			* ] ];
			* ```
			*
			* @since 1.16
			*/
			public const PoolCounterConf = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?map',
			];

			/**
			* Configuration array for the PoolCounter client.
			*
			* - servers: Array of hostnames, or hostname:port. The default port is 7531.
			* - timeout: Connection timeout.
			* - connect_timeout: [Since 1.28] Alternative connection timeout. If set, it is used
			* instead of `timeout` and will be retried once if a connection fails
			* to be established. Background: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T105378.
			*
			* @see \MediaWiki\PoolCounter\PoolCounterClient
			* @since 1.16
			*/
			public const PoolCountClientConf = [
			'default' => [
			'servers' => [
			'127.0.0.1'
			],
			'timeout' => 0.1,
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
			*
			* If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
			*
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const MaxUserDBWriteDuration = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'integer\|false',
			];

			/**
			* Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
			*
			* If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
			*
			* @since 1.30
			*/
			public const MaxJobDBWriteDuration = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'integer\|false',
			];

			/**
			* LinkHolderArray batch size
			* For debugging
			*/
			public const LinkHolderBatchSize = [
			'default' => 1000,
			];

			/**
			* Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
			*/
			public const MaximumMovedPages = [
			'default' => 100,
			];

			/**
			* Force deferred updates to be run before sending a response to the client,
			* instead of attempting to run them after sending the response. Setting this
			* to true is useful for end-to-end testing, to ensure that the effects of a
			* request are visible to any subsequent requests, even if they are made
			* immediately after the first one. Note however that this does not ensure
			* that database replication is complete, nor does it execute any jobs
			* enqueued for later.
			* There should be no reason to set this in a normal production environment.
			*
			* @since 1.38
			*/
			public const ForceDeferredUpdatesPreSend = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Whether site_stats table should have multiple rows. If set to true, in each update,
			* one of ten rows gets updated at random to reduce lock wait time in wikis
			* that have lots of concurrent edits.
			* It should be set to true in really large wikis with big flow of edits,
			* Otherwise it can cause inaccuracy in data.
			*
			* @since 1.39
			*/
			public const MultiShardSiteStats = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/ endregion -- end performance hacks

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Cache settings
			/** @name Cache settings */

			/**
			* Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
			* from the web.
			*
			* Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
			* must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
			* the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
			*/
			public const CacheDirectory = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
			* limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
			* is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
			*
			* The options are:
			*
			* - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
			* - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
			* - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
			* - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
			* - CACHE_ACCEL: APC or APCu
			* - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
			* configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
			*
			* For a multi-datacenter setup, the underlying service should be configured
			* to broadcast operations by WANObjectCache using Mcrouter or Dynomite.
			* See @ref wanobjectcache-deployment "Deploying WANObjectCache".
			* To configure the `broadcastRoutingPrefix` WANObjectCache parameter,
			* use $wgWANObjectCache.
			*
			* @see self::MessageCacheType
			* @see self::ParserCacheType
			*/
			public const MainCacheType = [
			'default' => CACHE_NONE,
			];

			/**
			* The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
			* cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
			*
			* For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
			*/
			public const MessageCacheType = [
			'default' => CACHE_ANYTHING,
			];

			/**
			* The cache type for storing page content HTML (e.g. parsed from wikitext).
			*
			* Parsing wikitext is considered an expensive operation. It is recommended
			* to give your parser cache plenty of storage space, such that long tail cache
			* hits are possible.
			*
			* The default parser cache backend (when MainCacheType is left to CACHE_NONE)
			* is effectively CACHE_DB (SqlBagOStuff). If you set up a main cache type
			* such as memcached, it is recommended to set this explicitly to CACHE_DB.
			*
			* Advice for large wiki farms:
			* - Consider allocating a dedicated database to ParserCache.
			* Register it in $wgObjectCaches and point $wgParserCacheType to it.
			* - Consider using MultiWriteBagOStuff to add a higher tier with Memcached
			* in front of the lower database tier.
			* - Consider setting `'purgePeriod' => 0` in the dedicated SqlBagOStuff
			* entry in $wgObjectCaches. This disables the automatic purging of
			* expired rows (which would normally happen in the background of
			* write requests). You can then schedule the purgeParserCache.php script
			* to e.g. once a day prune expired rows from the a dedicated maintenance
			* server.
			*
			* For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
			*/
			public const ParserCacheType = [
			'default' => CACHE_ANYTHING,
			];

			/**
			* The cache backend for storing session data.
			*
			* Used by MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager. See $wgMainCacheType for available types.
			*
			* See [SessionManager Storage expectations](@ref SessionManager-storage-expectations).
			*/
			public const SessionCacheType = [
			'default' => CACHE_ANYTHING,
			];

			/**
			* The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
			* which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
			*
			* For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
			*
			* @since 1.20
			*/
			public const LanguageConverterCacheType = [
			'default' => CACHE_ANYTHING,
			];

			/**
			* Advanced object cache configuration.
			*
			* Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
			* for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
			* referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
			* or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
			*
			* The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
			* the value is an associative array of parameters. One of the following
			* parameters specifying the class must be given:
			*
			* - class: The class name which will be used.
			* - factory: A callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
			*
			* The following parameters are shared and understood by most classes:
			*
			* - loggroup: The log channel to use.
			*
			* For SqlBagOStuff, the main configured database will be used, unless one of the following
			* three parameters is given:
			*
			* - server: Server config map for Database::factory() that describes the database to
			* use for all key operations in the current region. This is overridden by "servers".
			* - servers: Map of tag strings to server config maps, each for Database::factory(),
			* describing the set of database servers on which to distribute key operations in the
			* current region. Data is distributed among the servers via key hashing based on the
			* server tags. Therefore, each tag represents a shard of the dataset. Tags are useful
			* for failover using cold-standby servers and for managing shards with replica servers
			* in multiple regions (each having different hostnames).
			* - cluster: The ExternalStore cluster name to use.
			*
			* SqlBagOStuff also accepts the following optional parameters:
			*
			* - dbDomain: The database name to pass to the LoadBalancer.
			* - multiPrimaryMode: Whether the portion of the dataset belonging to each tag/shard is
			* replicated among one or more regions, with one "co-primary" server in each region.
			* Queries are issued in a manner that provides Last-Write-Wins eventual consistency.
			* This option requires the "server" or "servers" options. Only MySQL, with statement
			* based replication (log_bin='ON' and binlog_format='STATEMENT') is supported. Also,
			* the `modtoken` column must exist on the `objectcache` table(s).
			* - purgePeriod: The average number of object cache writes in between garbage collection
			* operations, where expired entries are removed from the database. Or in other words,
			* the probability of performing a purge is one in every this number. If set to zero,
			* purging will never be done at runtime (for use with PurgeParserCache).
			* - purgeLimit: Maximum number of rows to purge at once.
			* - tableName: The table name to use, default is "objectcache".
			* - shards: The number of tables to use for data storage on each server. If greater than
			* 1, table names are formed in the style objectcacheNNN where NNN is the shard index,
			* between 0 and shards-1. The number of digits used in the suffix is the minimum number
			* required to hold the largest shard index. Data is distributed among the tables via
			* key hashing. This helps mitigate MySQL bugs 61735 and 61736.
			* - writeBatchSize: Default maximum number of rows to change in each query for write
			* operations that can be chunked into a set of smaller writes.
			*
			* For MemcachedPhpBagOStuff parameters see {@link MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::__construct}
			*
			* For MemcachedPeclBagOStuff parameters see {@link MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::__construct}
			*
			* For RedisBagOStuff parameters see {@link Wikimedia\ObjectCache\RedisBagOStuff::__construct}
			*/
			public const ObjectCaches = [
			'default' => [
			CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
			CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],

			'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
			'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
			'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],

			/ Deprecated since 1.35.
			/ - To configure a wg*CacheType variable to use the local server cache,
			/ use CACHE_ACCEL instead, which will select these automatically.
			/ - To access the object for the local server cache at run-time,
			/ use MediaWikiServices::getLocalServerObjectCache()
			/ instead of e.g. ObjectCache::getInstance( 'apcu' ).
			/ - To instantiate a new one of these explicitly, do so directly
			/ by using `new APCUBagOStuff( [ … ] )`
			/ - To instantiate a new one of these including auto-detection and fallback,
			/ use ObjectCache::makeLocalServerCache().
			'apc' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
			'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Extra parameters to the WANObjectCache constructor.
			*
			* See @ref wanobjectcache-deployment "Deploying WANObjectCache".
			*
			* @since 1.40
			*/
			public const WANObjectCache = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* The stash store backend for MicroStash.
			*
			* This store should be optimized for ephemeral data, and should be able to handle
			* a high volume of writes and reads. The dataset access scope should be across
			* all servers that serve the application.
			*
			* Note that the TTL of the data written to this store must be respected completely
			* before the data gets evicted from the store (whether the data is used or not).
			* The store must not evict data based on LRU or popularity before the TTL expires.
			*
			* Expectations for sysadmins:
			*
			* 1. The data written to this store is generally short-lived (seconds/minutes),
			* 2. This store must reliably persist and should not evict data until the TTL expires,
			* 3. The same store must be accessed by all application servers (i.e. no visible lag or
			* split reality),
			* 4. This store should handle a high volume of both writes and reads,
			* with reads completing with consistently low latencies.
			*
			* Examples users:
			*
			* - {@link MediaWiki::Permissions::RateLimiter RateLimiter} (via RStatsFactory)
			* - {@link Wikimedia::Rdbms::ChronologyProtector ChronologyProtector}
			* See also [ChronologyProtector requirements](@ref ChronologyProtector-storage-requirements),
			* for more detailed system administrator requirements for multi-DC operations.
			*
			* Valid options are the keys of {@link $wgObjectCaches}, e.g. CACHE_* constants.
			*
			* @see \Wikimedia\ObjectCache\BagOStuff
			* @since 1.42
			*/
			public const MicroStashType = [
			'default' => CACHE_ANYTHING,
			'type' => 'string\|int',
			];

			/**
			* The object store type of the main stash.
			*
			* This should be a fast storage system optimized for lightweight data, both ephemeral and
			* permanent, for things like counters, tokens, and blobs. The dataset access scope should
			* include all the application servers in all datacenters. Thus, the data must be replicated
			* among all datacenters. The store should have "Last Write Wins" eventual consistency. Per
			* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PACELC_theorem, the store should act as a PA/EL distributed
			* system for these operations.
			*
			* The multi-datacenter strategy for MediaWiki is to have CDN route HTTP POST requests to the
			* primary datacenter and HTTP GET/HEAD/OPTIONS requests to the closest datacenter to the
			* client. The stash accepts write operations from any datacenter, but cross-datacenter
			* replication is asynchronous.
			*
			* Modules that use the main stash can expect race conditions to occur if a key can receive
			* write operations originating from multiple datacenters. To improve consistency, callers
			* should avoid main stash updates during non-POST requests. In any case, callers should
			* gracefully tolerate occasional key evictions, temporary inconsistencies among datacenters,
			* and violations of linearizability (e.g. during timeouts). Modules that can never handle
			* these kinds of anomalies should use other storage mediums.
			*
			* Valid options are the keys of {@link $wgObjectCaches}, e.g. CACHE_* constants.
			*
			* @see \Wikimedia\ObjectCache\BagOStuff
			* @since 1.26
			*/
			public const MainStash = [
			'default' => CACHE_DB,
			];

			/**
			* Configuration for the caching related to parsoid output. The configuration contains the
			* following keys:
			*
			* - StashType: The type of object store to be used by the ParsoidOutputStash service,
			* which stores the base state of HTML based edits.
			* Valid options are the keys of {@link $wgObjectCaches}, e.g. CACHE_* constants.
			* By default, the value of the MainStash setting will be used.
			* This should be an object store that provides fairly solid persistence guarantees,
			* since losing an entry from the stash may mean that the user can't save their edit.
			* If null, the value of the MainStash configuration setting will be used.
			*
			* - StashDuration: The number of seconds for which an entry in the stash should be kept.
			* Should be long enough for users to finish editing,
			* since losing an entry from the stash may mean that the user can't save their edit.
			* This is set to one day by default.
			*
			* - WarmParsoidParserCache: Setting this to true will pre-populate the parsoid parser cache
			* with parsoid outputs on page edits. This speeds up loading HTML into Visual Editor.
			*
			* @since 1.39
			* @unstable Per MediaWiki 1.39, the structure of this configuration is still subject to
			* change.
			*/
			public const ParsoidCacheConfig = [
			'type' => 'object',
			'properties' => [
			'StashType' => [ 'type' => 'int\|string\|null', 'default' => null ],
			'StashDuration' => [ 'type' => 'int', 'default' => 24 * 60 * 60 ],
			'WarmParsoidParserCache' => [ 'type' => 'bool', 'default' => false ],
			]
			];

			/**
			* Sample rate for collecting statistics on Parsoid selective update.
			*
			* Zero disables collection; 1000 means "1 in every 1000 parses will
			* be sampled".
			*
			* @warning This is EXPERIMENTAL and will disappear once analysis is
			* complete.
			*/
			public const ParsoidSelectiveUpdateSampleRate = [
			'type' => 'integer',
			'default' => 0,
			];

			/**
			* Per-namespace configuration for the ParserCache filter.
			*
			* There is one top level key for each cache name supported in ParserCacheFactory.
			* The per-namespace configuration is given separately for each cache.
			*
			* For each namespace, this defines a set of filter options, which are represented
			* as an associative array. The following keys are supported in this array:
			*
			* - minCpuTime: causes the parser cache to not save any output that took fewer
			* than the given number of seconds of CPU time to generate, according to
			* ParserOutput::getTimeProfile(). Set to 0 to always cache, or to
			* PHP_INT_MAX to disable caching for this namespace.
			*
			* If no filter options are defined for a given namespace, the filter options
			* under the "default" key will be used for pages in that namespace.
			*
			* @since 1.42
			*/
			public const ParserCacheFilterConfig = [
			'type' => 'map',
			'default' => [ / default value
			'pcache' => [ / old parser cache
			'default' => [ / all namespaces
			/ 0 means no threshold.
			/ Use PHP_INT_MAX to disable cache.
			'minCpuTime' => 0
			],
			],
			'parsoid-pcache' => [ / parsoid output cache
			'default' => [ / all namespaces
			/ 0 means no threshold.
			/ Use PHP_INT_MAX to disable cache.
			'minCpuTime' => 0
			],
			],
			],
			'additionalProperties' => [ / caches
			'type' => 'map',
			'description' => 'A map of namespace IDs to filter definitions.',
			'additionalProperties' => [ / namespaces
			'type' => 'map',
			'description' => 'A map of filter names to values.',
			'properties' => [ / filters
			'minCpuTime' => [ 'type' => 'float' ]
			]
			],
			],
			];

			/**
			* Secret string for HMAC hashing in ChronologyProtector [optional]
			*
			* @since 1.41
			*/
			public const ChronologyProtectorSecret = [
			'default' => '',
			'type' => 'string',
			];

			/**
			* The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
			*
			* The default is 86400 (one day).
			*/
			public const ParserCacheExpireTime = [
			'default' => 60 * 60 * 24,
			];

			/**
			* The expiry time for the parser cache for old revisions, in seconds.
			*
			* The default is 3600 (cache disabled).
			*/
			public const OldRevisionParserCacheExpireTime = [
			'default' => 60 * 60,
			];

			/**
			* The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
			*/
			public const ObjectCacheSessionExpiry = [
			'default' => 60 * 60,
			];

			/**
			* Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
			*
			* If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
			*
			* If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
			* session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
			* SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
			* others' cookies.
			*
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const PHPSessionHandling = [
			'default' => 'enable',
			'type' => 'string',
			];

			/**
			* Time in seconds to remember IPs for, for the purposes of logging IP changes within the
			* same session. This is meant more for debugging errors in the authentication system than
			* for detecting abuse.
			*
			* @since 1.36
			*/
			public const SuspiciousIpExpiry = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'integer\|false',
			];

			/**
			* Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
			*
			* @since 1.28
			*/
			public const SessionPbkdf2Iterations = [
			'default' => 10001,
			];

			/**
			* The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
			*/
			public const MemCachedServers = [
			'default' => [ '127.0.0.1:11211', ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
			* requests.
			*/
			public const MemCachedPersistent = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
			*/
			public const MemCachedTimeout = [
			'default' => 500_000,
			];

			/**
			* Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
			*
			* This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
			*
			* The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
			*
			* Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
			* maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
			* messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
			*/
			public const UseLocalMessageCache = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
			* been customised in the site content language. This means that
			* MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
			*
			* This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
			*/
			public const AdaptiveMessageCache = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Localisation cache configuration.
			*
			* Used by service wiring to decide how to construct the
			* LocalisationCache instance. Associative array with keys:
			*
			* class: The class to use for constructing the LocalisationCache object.
			* This may be overridden by extensions to a subclass of LocalisationCache.
			* Sub classes are expected to still honor the 'storeClass', 'storeDirectory'
			* and 'manualRecache' options where applicable.
			*
			* storeClass: Which LCStore class implementation to use. This is optional.
			* The default LocalisationCache class offers the 'store' option
			* as abstraction for this.
			*
			* store: How and where to store localisation cache data.
			* This option is ignored if 'storeClass' is explicitly set to a class name.
			* Must be one of:
			* - 'detect' (default): Automatically select 'files' if 'storeDirectory'
			* or $wgCacheDirectory is set, and fall back to 'db' otherwise.
			* - 'files': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as CDB files.
			* - 'array': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as PHP static array files.
			* - 'db': Store in the l10n_cache database table.
			*
			* storeDirectory: If the selected LCStore class puts its data in files, then it
			* will use this directory. If set to false (default), then
			* $wgCacheDirectory is used instead.
			*
			* manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
			* Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
			*/
			public const LocalisationCacheConf = [
			'properties' => [
			'class' => [ 'type' => 'string', 'default' => LocalisationCache::class ],
			'store' => [ 'type' => 'string', 'default' => 'detect' ],
			'storeClass' => [ 'type' => 'false\|string', 'default' => false ],
			'storeDirectory' => [ 'type' => 'false\|string', 'default' => false ],
			'storeServer' => [ 'type' => 'object', 'default' => [] ],
			'forceRecache' => [ 'type' => 'bool', 'default' => false ],
			'manualRecache' => [ 'type' => 'bool', 'default' => false ],
			],
			'type' => 'object',
			];

			/**
			* Allow client-side caching of pages
			*/
			public const CachePages = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
			* client-side and server-side caching.
			*
			* You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
			*
			* @verbatim date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
			* @endverbatim
			*/
			public const CacheEpoch = [
			'default' => '20030516000000',
			];

			/**
			* Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
			* $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
			*/
			public const GitInfoCacheDirectory = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
			* database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
			* language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
			*/
			public const UseFileCache = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
			* $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
			* the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
			* be put directly into the main file cache directory.
			*/
			public const FileCacheDepth = [
			'default' => 2,
			];

			/**
			* Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
			* that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
			*/
			public const RenderHashAppend = [
			'default' => '',
			];

			/**
			* If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
			* current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
			* by shaving off extra message lookups.
			*
			* However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
			* having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
			* don't update as expected.
			*/
			public const EnableSidebarCache = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
			*/
			public const SidebarCacheExpiry = [
			'default' => 86400,
			];

			/**
			* When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
			* space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
			*
			* Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
			*/
			public const UseGzip = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
			* to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
			* was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
			*
			* On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
			* check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
			* unnecessary cache invalidations.
			*/
			public const InvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
			* can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
			* one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgExtensionInfoMTime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
			* ```
			*
			* If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
			* which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
			*/
			public const ExtensionInfoMTime = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'integer\|false',
			];

			/**
			* If this is set to true, phpunit will run integration tests against remote
			* caches defined in $wgObjectCaches.
			*
			* @since 1.38
			*/
			public const EnableRemoteBagOStuffTests = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/ endregion -- end of cache settings

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
			/** @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
			*
			* Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
			* although they are sometimes still referred to as Squid settings for
			* historical reasons.
			*
			* Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special configuration.
			* See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Performance_tuning#Page_view_caching
			* for more details.
			*/

			/**
			* Enable/disable CDN.
			*
			* See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Performance_tuning#Page_view_caching
			*
			* @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgUseSquid.
			*/
			public const UseCdn = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
			* RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
			* and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
			* feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
			* pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
			* HTTP redirects.
			*/
			public const VaryOnXFP = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
			* ```
			*/
			public const InternalServer = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
			* Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
			* out s-maxage in the CDN config.
			*
			* 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
			*
			* @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidMaxage
			*/
			public const CdnMaxAge = [
			'default' => 18000,
			];

			/**
			* Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
			*
			* @see self::CdnMaxAge
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const CdnMaxageLagged = [
			'default' => 30,
			];

			/**
			* Cache timeout when delivering a stale ParserCache response due to PoolCounter
			* contention.
			*
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const CdnMaxageStale = [
			'default' => 10,
			];

			/**
			* If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
			* this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
			*
			* This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
			* replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
			*
			* This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
			* If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
			* it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
			* will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
			* a purge to all nodes, then the rebound purge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
			*
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const CdnReboundPurgeDelay = [
			'default' => 0,
			];

			/**
			* Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
			*
			* @see self::CdnMaxAge
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const CdnMaxageSubstitute = [
			'default' => 60,
			];

			/**
			* Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
			*
			* 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
			*/
			public const ForcedRawSMaxage = [
			'default' => 300,
			];

			/**
			* List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
			*
			* When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
			* headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
			*
			* For a list of trusted servers which aren't purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
			*
			* @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServers.
			*/
			public const CdnServers = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* As with $wgCdnServers, except these servers aren't purged on page changes;
			* use to set a list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP
			* addresses and CIDR blocks.
			*
			* @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
			* @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServersNoPurge
			*/
			public const CdnServersNoPurge = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
			* enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
			* array, HTCP is disabled.
			*
			* Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
			* URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
			* the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
			* is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
			*
			* Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
			* multicast group and all other purges to another:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgHTCPRouting = [
			* '\|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org\|' => [
			* 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
			* 'port' => 4827,
			* ],
			* '' => [
			* 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
			* 'port' => 4827,
			* ],
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
			* you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
			* given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
			*
			* Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgHTCPRouting = [
			* '' => [
			* / Purges to text caches using multicast
			* [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
			* / Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
			* [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
			* [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
			* [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
			* ],
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* @since 1.22
			* @see self::HTCPMulticastTTL
			*/
			public const HTCPRouting = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* HTCP multicast TTL.
			*
			* @see self::HTCPRouting
			*/
			public const HTCPMulticastTTL = [
			'default' => 1,
			];

			/**
			* Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
			*/
			public const UsePrivateIPs = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Set this to false if MediaWiki is behind a CDN that re-orders query
			* parameters on incoming requests.
			*
			* MediaWiki sets a large 'Cache-Control: s-maxage=' directive on page
			* views only if the request URL matches one of the normal CDN URL forms.
			* When 'CdnMatchParameterOrder' is false, the matching algorithm ignores
			* the order of URL parameters.
			*
			* @since 1.39
			*/
			public const CdnMatchParameterOrder = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/ endregion -- end of HTTP proxy settings

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Language, regional and character encoding settings
			/** @name Language, regional and character encoding settings */

			/**
			* Site language code. See includes/languages/data/Names.php for languages
			* supported by MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have
			* translations, see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some
			* localisation.
			*
			* Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
			* LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
			* for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
			*
			* This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
			* change it in their preferences.
			*
			* This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
			* in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
			* via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
			*/
			public const LanguageCode = [
			'default' => 'en',
			];

			/**
			* Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
			*
			* Used in Language::convertGrammar().
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
			* ```
			*/
			public const GrammarForms = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
			*/
			public const InterwikiMagic = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
			*/
			public const HideInterlanguageLinks = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
			* interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
			*
			* Notes:
			* - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
			* map.
			* - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
			* the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
			* this array.
			* - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
			* placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
			* the prefix in this array.
			* - This should be a list of "interwiki prefixes" (ie, what appears in
			* wikitext), and you probably want to add an entry to
			* InterlanguageLinkCodeMap as well to specify which mediawiki internal
			* (or custom) language code this prefix corresponds to, and perhaps
			* then map that custom language code to a language name in
			* ExtraLanguageNames.
			*/
			public const ExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Map of interlanguage link codes to language codes. This is useful to override
			* what is shown as the language name when the interwiki code does not match it
			* exactly
			*
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const InterlanguageLinkCodeMap = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
			*/
			public const ExtraLanguageNames = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* List of mappings from one language code to another.
			*
			* This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
			* installer.
			*
			* In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
			* these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
			* from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
			* If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
			* value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
			*
			* @since 1.29
			*/
			public const ExtraLanguageCodes = [
			'default' => [
			'bh' => 'bho',
			'no' => 'nb',
			'simple' => 'en',
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
			* appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
			*
			* @note Since 1.29, this should not be set directly in LocalSettings,
			* ExtraLanguageCodes should be set instead. However, DummyLanguageCodes
			* will be initialized and can be read internally.
			*/
			public const DummyLanguageCodes = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
			* regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
			* impact.
			*
			* @since 1.17
			*/
			public const AllUnicodeFixes = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
			* loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
			* converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
			* burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
			*
			* @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
			* user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
			* continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
			*/
			public const LegacyEncoding = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
			* is 'dmy or mdy'.
			*/
			public const AmericanDates = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
			* numerals in interface.
			*/
			public const TranslateNumerals = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
			*
			* Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
			*/
			public const UseDatabaseMessages = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
			*/
			public const MaxMsgCacheEntrySize = [
			'default' => 10000,
			];

			/**
			* Whether to enable language variant conversion.
			*/
			public const DisableLangConversion = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
			* Note that this option is slightly misnamed.
			*/
			public const DisableTitleConversion = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Default variant code. If false, the default will be the static default
			* variant of the language.
			*/
			public const DefaultLanguageVariant = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Whether to enable the pig Latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
			* used to ease variant development work.
			*/
			public const UsePigLatinVariant = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
			* $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
			* ```
			*/
			public const DisabledVariants = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
			* path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
			* language variant.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
			* $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
			* $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
			* ```
			*
			* A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
			*
			* It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
			* of $wgVariantArticlePath.
			*/
			public const VariantArticlePath = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Whether to enable the 'x-xss' language code, used for development.
			*
			* When enabled, the language code 'x-xss' (e.g. via ?uselang=x-xss) can
			* be used to test correct message escaping at scale, to prevent
			* cross-site scripting. In this "language", every message becomes an HTML
			* snippet which attempts to alert the message key. Well-written code will
			* correctly escape all of these messages. If any alerts are actually
			* fired in the browser, the message is not being escaped correctly;
			* either the offending code should be fixed, or the message should be
			* added to {@link self::RawHtmlMessages}.
			*
			* @see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Cross-site_scripting
			* @since 1.41
			*/
			public const UseXssLanguage = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
			* registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
			* customise these.
			*/
			public const LoginLanguageSelector = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
			* should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
			*
			* For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
			* so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
			* and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
			* link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
			* sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
			* and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
			* the default behavior.
			*
			* Example:
			* To allow language-specific main page and community
			* portal:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
			* ```
			*/
			public const ForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* List of messages which might contain raw HTML.
			*
			* Extensions should add their insecure raw HTML messages to extension.json.
			* The list is used for access control:
			* changing messages listed here will require editsitecss and editsitejs rights.
			*
			* Message names must be given with underscores rather than spaces and with lowercase first
			* letter.
			*
			* @since 1.32
			*/
			public const RawHtmlMessages = [
			'default' => [
			'copyright',
			'history_copyright',
			'googlesearch',
			],
			'type' => 'list',
			'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ],
			];

			/**
			* Whether on-wiki overrides for the 'copyright' and 'history_copyright' messages, which allow raw
			* HTML, will be used.
			*
			* @since 1.43
			*/
			public const AllowRawHtmlCopyrightMessages = [
			'default' => true,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
			* date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
			* your server's OS-based timezone value.
			*
			* This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
			* time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
			*
			* Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
			* timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
			*
			* A list of usable timezones can found at:
			* https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
			*
			* Examples:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
			* $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
			* $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
			* $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
			* $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
			* ```
			*/
			public const Localtimezone = [
			'dynamicDefault' => true,
			];

			public static function getDefaultLocaltimezone(): string {
			/ This defaults to the `date.timezone` value of the PHP INI option. If this option is not set,
			/ it falls back to UTC.
			$localtimezone = date_default_timezone_get();
			if ( !$localtimezone ) {
			/ Make doubly sure we have a valid time zone, even if date_default_timezone_get()
			/ returned garbage.
			$localtimezone = 'UTC';
			}

			return $localtimezone;
			}

			/**
			* Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
			* for anonymous users and new user accounts.
			*
			* This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
			* overridable in user preferences. It is not used for signature timestamps.
			*
			* By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
			*/
			public const LocalTZoffset = [
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'Localtimezone' ] ]
			];

			public static function getDefaultLocalTZoffset( $localtimezone ): int {
			/ NOTE: Extra fallback, in case $localtimezone is ''.
			/ Many extsing LocalSettings files have $wgLocaltimezone = ''
			/ in them, erroneously generated by the installer.
			$localtimezone = $localtimezone ?: self::getDefaultLocaltimezone();

			$offset = ( new DateTimeZone( $localtimezone ) )->getOffset( new DateTime() );
			return (int)( $offset / 60 );
			}

			/**
			* Map of Unicode characters for which capitalization is overridden in
			* Language::ucfirst. The characters should be
			* represented as char_to_convert => conversion_override. See T219279 for details
			* on why this is useful during php version transitions.
			*
			* @since 1.34
			*/
			public const OverrideUcfirstCharacters = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/ endregion -- End of language/charset settings

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Output format and skin settings
			/** @name Output format and skin settings */

			/**
			* The default Content-Type header.
			*/
			public const MimeType = [
			'default' => 'text/html',
			];

			/**
			* Defines the value of the version attribute in the <html> tag, if any.
			*
			* If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
			* Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
			* See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
			*
			* @since 1.16
			*/
			public const Html5Version = [
			'default' => null,
			];

			/**
			* Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
			* as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
			* "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
			*
			* @since 1.28
			*/
			public const EditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
			*
			* Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
			* ```
			*
			* Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
			* element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
			*
			* This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
			*/
			public const XhtmlNamespaces = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Site notice shown at the top of each page
			*
			* MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
			* provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
			* MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
			*/
			public const SiteNotice = [
			'default' => '',
			];

			/**
			* Override the ability of certain browsers to attempt to autodetect dataformats in pages.
			*
			* This is a default feature of many mobile browsers, but can have a lot of false positives,
			* where for instance, year ranges are confused with phone numbers.
			* The default of this setting is to disable telephone number data detection.
			* Set BrowserFormatDetection to false to fallback to the browser defaults.
			*
			* @since 1.37
			* @see https://developer.apple.com/library/archive/documentation/AppleApplications/Reference/SafariHTMLRef/Articles/MetaTags.html
			*/
			public const BrowserFormatDetection = [
			'default' => 'telephone=no',
			'type' => 'string',
			];

			/**
			* An array of open graph tags which should be added by all skins.
			*
			* Accepted values are "og:site_name", "og:title", "og:type" and "twitter:card".
			* Since some of these fields can be provided by extensions it defaults to an empty array.
			*
			* @since 1.36
			*/
			public const SkinMetaTags = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
			* change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
			*/
			public const DefaultSkin = [
			'default' => 'vector-2022',
			];

			/**
			* Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
			*
			* @since 1.24
			*/
			public const FallbackSkin = [
			'default' => 'fallback',
			];

			/**
			* Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
			* available skins in user preferences.
			*
			* NOTE: This does not uninstall the skin, and it will still be accessible
			* via the `useskin` query parameter. To uninstall a skin, remove its inclusion
			* from LocalSettings.php.
			*
			* @see \SkinFactory::getAllowedSkins
			*/
			public const SkipSkins = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
			*/
			public const DisableOutputCompression = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* How should section IDs be encoded?
			* This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
			* - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
			* characters in most browsers' address bars.
			*
			* - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
			*
			* The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
			* is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
			* a page.
			*
			* The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
			* If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
			* id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
			* would still work.
			*
			* Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
			*
			* On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
			* all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
			* flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
			* generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
			* still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
			* set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
			* fragment mode is used.
			*
			* @since 1.30
			*/
			public const FragmentMode = [
			'default' => [ 'html5', 'legacy', ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
			* for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
			* this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
			* to 'html5'.
			*
			* @since 1.30
			*/
			public const ExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = [
			'default' => 'legacy',
			];

			/**
			* Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
			* You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
			* a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
			* of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
			*
			* $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
			* The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
			* by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
			* turns it into mw_poweredby.
			* The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
			* In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
			* be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
			* This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
			* The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
			* directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred
			* format for the icon, the following keys are used:
			* - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
			* but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
			* - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
			* - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
			* not be outputted
			* - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
			* skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
			* the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
			* - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
			* you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
			* Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
			*
			* @todo Reformat documentation.
			*/
			public const FooterIcons = [
			'default' => [
			"copyright" => [
			"copyright" => [], / placeholder for the built in copyright icon
			],
			"poweredby" => [
			"mediawiki" => [
			/ Defaults to point at
			/ "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
			/ plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
			"src" => null,
			"url" => "https://www.mediawiki.org/",
			"alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
			]
			],
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
			* to create an account.
			*
			* - true = use a combined login / create account link
			* - false = split login and create account into two separate links
			*/
			public const UseCombinedLoginLink = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
			*/
			public const Edititis = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
			* status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
			* host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
			* set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
			* that the generated error pages can be seen.
			*
			* In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
			* send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
			* this configuration variable is ignored.
			*/
			public const Send404Code = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
			*
			* The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
			* determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
			* If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
			* from hiding some useless rollback links.
			*
			* @since 1.20
			*/
			public const ShowRollbackEditCount = [
			'default' => 10,
			];

			/**
			* Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
			* server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
			* detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
			* unconditionally.
			*/
			public const EnableCanonicalServerLink = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* List of interwiki logos overrides.
			* This is used by the sister project sidebar. This list accept a key equal to the
			* interwiki ID (as defined in the interwiki links), and accept a Codex icon name
			* (https://doc.wikimedia.org/codex/latest/icons/all-icons.html) or a base URL for
			* the given interwiki.
			*
			* Example :
			* $wgInterwikiLogoOverride = [
			* 'c' => 'logoWikimediaCommons',
			* 'wikit' => 'https://mySpecialWiki.com'
			* ];
			*/
			public const InterwikiLogoOverride = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ],
			];

			/ endregion -- End of output format settings

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region ResourceLoader settings
			/** @name ResourceLoader settings */

			/**
			* Formerly a workaround for a security vulnerability caused by installation
			* of Flash as a browser extension.
			*
			* @since 1.25
			* @deprecated since 1.39
			*/
			public const MangleFlashPolicy = [
			'default' => true,
			'obsolete' => 'Since 1.39; no longer has any effect.',
			'description' => 'Has been emitting warnings since 1.39 (LTS). ' .
			'Can be removed completely in 1.44, assuming 1.43 is an LTS release.'
			];

			/**
			* Define extra client-side modules to be registered with ResourceLoader.
			*
			* @note It is recommended to define modules using the `ResourceModule` attribute
			* in `extension.json` or `skin.json` when possible (instead of via PHP global variables).
			*
			* Registration is internally handled by ResourceLoader::register.
			*
			* ## Available modules
			*
			* Modules that ship with %MediaWiki core are registered via
			* resources/Resources.php. For a full list with documentation, see:
			* [ResourceLoader/Core_modules](https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/ResourceLoader/Core_modules).
			*
			* ## Options
			*
			* - class `{string}`:
			* By default a module is assumed to bundle file resources
			* as handled by the MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\FileModule class. Use this option
			* to use a different implementation of MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\Module instead.
			*
			* Default: `\MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\FileModule`
			*
			* - factory `{string}`:
			* Override the instantiation of the MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\Module
			* class using a PHP callback. This allows dependency injection to be used.
			* This option cannot be combined with the `class` option.
			*
			* Since: MW 1.30
			*
			* - dependencies `{string[]\|string}`:
			* Modules that must be executed before this module.
			* Module name string or list of module name strings.
			*
			* Default: `[]`
			*
			* - deprecated `{boolean\|string}`:
			* Whether the module is deprecated and usage is discouraged.
			* Set to boolean true, or a string to include in the warning message.
			*
			* Default: `false`
			*
			* - group `{string}`:
			* Optional request group to override which modules may be downloaded
			* together in an HTTP batch request. By default, any two modules may be
			* loaded together in the same batch request. Set this option to a
			* descriptive string to give the module its own HTTP request. To allow
			* other modules to join this new request, give those the same request group.
			*
			* Use this option with caution. The default behaviour is well-tuned already,
			* and setting this often does more harm than good. For more about request
			* balancing optimisations, see
			* [ResourceLoader/Architecture#Balance](https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/ResourceLoader/Architecture#Balance).
			*
			* - skipFunction `{string}`:
			* Allow this module to be satisfied as dependency without actually loading
			* or executing scripts from the server, if the specified JavaScript function
			* returns true.
			*
			* Use this to provide polyfills that are natively available in newer browsers.
			* Specify the relative path to a JavaScript file containing a top-level return
			* statement. The contents of the file should not contain any wrapping function,
			* it will be wrapped by %ResourceLoader in an anonymous function and invoked
			* when the module is considered for loading.
			*
			* ## FileModule options
			*
			* - localBasePath `{string}`:
			* Base file path to prepend to relative file paths specified in other options.
			*
			* Default: `$IP`
			*
			* - remoteBasePath `{string}`:
			* Base URL path to prepend to relative file paths specified in other options.
			* This is used to form URLs for files, such as when referencing images in
			* stylesheets, or in debug mode to serve JavaScript files directly.
			*
			* Default: @ref $wgResourceBasePath (which defaults to @ref $wgScriptPath)
			*
			* - remoteExtPath `{string}`:
			* Shortcut for `remoteBasePath` that is relative to $wgExtensionAssetsPath.
			* Use this when defining modules from an extension, so as to avoid hardcoding
			* the script path of the %MediaWiki install or the location of the extensions
			* directory.
			*
			* This option is mutually exclusive with `remoteBasePath`.
			*
			* - styles `{string[]\|string\|array<string,array>}`:
			* Styles to always include in the module.
			* %File path or list of file paths, relative to `localBasePath`.
			* The stylesheet can be automatically wrapped in a `@media` query by specifying
			* the file path as the key in an object (instead of the value), with the value
			* specifying a `media` query.
			*
			* See @ref wgResourceModules-example-stylesheet "Stylesheet examples" below.
			*
			* See also @ref $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles.
			*
			* Extended options:
			*
			* - skinStyles `{string[]\|string}`: Styles to include in specific skin contexts.
			* Array keyed is by skin name with file path or list of file paths as value,
			* relative to `localBasePath`.
			*
			* Default: `[]`
			*
			* - noflip `{boolean}`:
			* By default, CSSJanus will be used automatically to perform LTR-to-RTL flipping
			* when loaded in a right-to-left (RTL) interface language context.
			* Use this option to skip CSSJanus LTR-to-RTL flipping for this module, for example
			* when registering an external library that already handles RTL styles.
			*
			* Default: `false`
			*
			* - packageFiles `{string[]\|array[]}`
			* Specify script files and (virtual) data files to include in the module.
			* Each internal JavaScript file retains its own local module scope and its
			* private exports can be accessed separately by other client-side code in the
			* same module, via the local `require()` function.
			*
			* Modules that use package files should export any public API methods using
			* `module.exports`.
			*
			* See examples at
			* [ResourceLoader/Package_files](https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/ResourceLoader/Package_files)
			* on mediawiki.org.
			*
			* The `packageFiles` feature cannot be combined with legacy scripts that use
			* the `scripts` option, including its extended variants `languageScripts`,
			* `skinScripts`, and `debugScripts`.
			*
			* Since: MW 1.33
			*
			* Default: `[]`
			*
			* - scripts `{string[]\|string\|array[]}`:
			* Scripts to always include in the module.
			* %File path or list of file paths, relative to `localBasePath`.
			*
			* These files are concatenated blindly and executed as a single client-side script.
			* Modules using this option are sometimes referred to as "legacy scripts" to
			* distinguish them from those that use the `packageFiles` option.
			*
			* Modules that use legacy scripts usually attach any public APIs they have
			* to the `mw` global variable. If a module contains just one file, it is also
			* supported to use the newer `module.exports` mechanism, though if the module
			* contains more than one legacy script, it is considered unsafe and unsupported
			* to use this mechanism (use `packageFiles` instead). See also
			* [Coding
			* conventions/JavaScript](https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Coding_conventions/JavaScript#Exporting).
			*
			* Since MW 1.41, an element of `scripts` may be an array in the same format as
			* packageFiles, giving a callback to call for content generation.
			*
			* Default: `[]`
			*
			* Extended options, concatenated in this order:
			*
			* - languageScripts `{string[]\|string\|array[]}`: Scripts to include in specific
			* language contexts. Array is keyed by language code with file path or list of
			* file path.
			* - skinScripts `{string[]\|string\|array[]}`: Scripts to include in specific skin contexts.
			* Array keyed is by skin name with file path or list of file paths.
			* - debugScripts `{string[]\|string\|array[]}`: Scripts to include in debug contexts.
			* %File path or list of file paths.
			*
			* - messages `{string[]}`
			* Localisation messages to bundle with this module, for client-side use
			* via `mw.msg()` and `mw.message()`. List of message keys.
			*
			* Default: `[]`
			*
			* - templates `{string[]}`
			* List of template files to be loaded for client-side usage via `mw.templates`.
			*
			* Default: `[]`
			*
			* - es6 `{boolean}`:
			* Since: MW 1.36; ignored since MW 1.41.
			*
			* Default: `true`
			*
			* - skipStructureTest `{boolean}`:
			* Whether to skip ResourcesTest::testRespond(). Since MW 1.42.
			*
			* Default: `false`.
			*
			* ## Examples
			*
			* Example: Using an alternate subclass
			*
			* ```
			* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
			* 'class' => \MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\WikiModule::class,
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* Example: Deprecated module
			*
			* ```
			* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
			* 'deprecated' => 'You should use ext.myExtension2 instead',
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* Example: Base paths in extension.json
			*
			* ```
			* "ext.myExtension": {
			* "localBasePath": "modules/ext.MyExtension",
			* "remoteExtPath": "MyExtension/modules/ext.MyExtension"
			* }
			* ```
			*
			* Example: Base paths in core with PHP
			*
			* ```
			* $wgResourceModules['mediawiki.example'] = [
			* 'localBasePath' => "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.example",
			* 'remoteBasePath' => "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/src/mediawiki.example",
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* Example: Define a skip function
			*
			* ```
			* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension.SomeWebAPI'] = [
			* 'skipFunction' => 'skip-SomeWebAPI.js',
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* Example: Contents of skip function file
			*
			* ```
			* return typeof SomeWebAPI === 'function' && SomeWebAPI.prototype.duckMethod;
			* ```
			* @anchor wgResourceModules-example-stylesheet
			*
			* Example: Stylesheets
			*
			* ```
			* $wgResourceModules['example'] = [
			* 'styles' => [
			* 'foo.css',
			* 'bar.css',
			* ],
			* ];
			* $wgResourceModules['example.media'] = [
			* 'styles' => [
			* 'foo.css' => [ 'media' => 'print' ],
			* ];
			* $wgResourceModules['example.mixed'] = [
			* 'styles' => [
			* 'foo.css',
			* 'bar.css' => [ 'media' => 'print' ],
			* ],
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* Example: Package files
			*
			* ```
			* "ext.myExtension": {
			* "localBasePath": "modules/ext.MyExtension",
			* "remoteExtPath": "MyExtension/modules/ext.MyExtension",
			* "packageFiles": [
			* "index.js",
			* "utils.js",
			* "data.json"
			* ]
			* }
			* }
			* ```
			*
			* Example: Legacy scripts
			*
			* ```
			* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
			* 'scripts' => [
			* 'modules/ext.myExtension/utils.js',
			* 'modules/ext.myExtension/myExtension.js',
			* ],
			* 'languageScripts' => [
			* 'bs' => 'modules/ext.myExtension/languages/bs.js',
			* 'fi' => 'modules/ext.myExtension/languages/fi.js',
			* ],
			* 'skinScripts' => [
			* 'default' => 'modules/ext.myExtension/skin-default.js',
			* ],
			* 'debugScripts' => [
			* 'modules/ext.myExtension/debug.js',
			* ],
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* Example: Template files
			*
			* ```
			* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
			* 'templates' => [
			* 'templates/template.html',
			* 'templates/template2.html',
			* ],
			* ];
			* ```
			* @since 1.17
			*/
			public const ResourceModules = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Add extra skin-specific styles to a resource module.
			*
			* These are automatically added by ResourceLoader to the 'skinStyles' list of
			* the existing module. The 'styles' list cannot be modified or disabled.
			*
			* For example, below a module "bar" is defined and skin Foo provides additional
			* styles for it:
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
			* 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
			* 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
			* ];
			*
			* $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
			* 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* This is effectively equivalent to:
			*
			* Equivalent:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
			* 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
			* 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
			* 'skinStyles' => [
			* 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
			* ],
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
			* $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
			*
			* If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
			* of replacing it. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
			* 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
			* 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
			* 'skinStyles' => [
			* 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
			* ],
			* ];
			* / Note the '+' character:
			* $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
			* '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* This is effectively equivalent to:
			*
			* Equivalent:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
			* 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
			* 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
			* 'skinStyles' => [
			* 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
			* 'foo' => [
			* 'resources/bar/additional.css',
			* 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
			* ],
			* ],
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
			* disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
			* use `skinStyles['default']`.
			*
			* As with $wgResourceModules, always set the localBasePath and remoteBasePath
			* keys (or one of remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
			* 'bar' => 'bar.css',
			* 'quux' => 'quux.css',
			* 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
			* 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
			* ];
			* ```
			*/
			public const ResourceModuleSkinStyles = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
			* built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
			* ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
			* ```
			*/
			public const ResourceLoaderSources = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\FileModule.
			*
			* Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
			*/
			public const ResourceBasePath = [
			'default' => null,
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ScriptPath' ] ]
			];

			/**
			* @param mixed $scriptPath Value of ScriptPath
			* @return string
			*/
			public static function getDefaultResourceBasePath( $scriptPath ): string {
			return $scriptPath;
			}

			/**
			* Override how long a CDN or browser may cache a ResourceLoader HTTP response.
			*
			* Maximum time in seconds. Used for the `max-age` and `s-maxage` Cache-Control headers.
			*
			* Valid keys:
			* - versioned
			* - unversioned
			*
			* @see \MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\ResourceLoader::__construct
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const ResourceLoaderMaxage = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Use the main stash instead of the module_deps table for indirect dependency tracking
			*
			* @deprecated since 1.43; This will be removed in 1.44
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const ResourceLoaderUseObjectCacheForDeps = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
			*
			* This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
			*/
			public const ResourceLoaderDebug = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose query string is more than
			* this many characters long, and will instead use multiple requests with
			* shorter query strings. Using multiple requests may degrade performance,
			* but may be needed based on the query string limit supported by your web
			* server and/or your user's web browsers.
			*
			* Default: `2000`.
			*
			* @see \MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\StartUpModule::getMaxQueryLength
			* @since 1.17
			*/
			public const ResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'integer\|false',
			];

			/**
			* Validate JavaScript code loaded from wiki pages.
			*
			* If a syntax error is found, the script is replaced with a warning
			* logged to the browser console. This ensures errors are found early and
			* consistently (independent of the editor's own browser), and prevents
			* breaking other modules loaded in the same batch from load.php.
			*
			* @see \MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\Module::validateScriptFile
			*/
			public const ResourceLoaderValidateJS = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* When enabled, execution of JavaScript modules is profiled client-side.
			*
			* Instrumentation happens in mw.loader.profiler.
			* Use `mw.inspect('time')` from the browser console to display the data.
			*
			* @since 1.32
			*/
			public const ResourceLoaderEnableJSProfiler = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
			* browsers that support the Web Storage API.
			*/
			public const ResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
			* invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
			*
			* @since 1.23
			*/
			public const ResourceLoaderStorageVersion = [
			'default' => 1,
			];

			/**
			* Whether to include a SourceMap header in ResourceLoader responses
			* for JavaScript modules.
			*
			* @since 1.41
			*/
			public const ResourceLoaderEnableSourceMapLinks = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
			* restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
			* JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
			* execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
			* potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
			* site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
			* from the rest of the site.
			*
			* @since 1.25
			*/
			public const AllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Whether to use the development version of Vue.js. This should be disabled
			* for production installations. For development installations, enabling this
			* provides useful additional warnings and checks.
			*
			* Even when this is disabled, using ResourceLoader's debug mode (?debug=true)
			* will cause the development version to be loaded.
			*
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const VueDevelopmentMode = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* If this is set, MediaWiki will look for Codex files in this directory
			* instead of in resources/lib/codex/ and friends.
			*
			* To use a local development version of Codex, set this to the full file
			* path of the root directory of a local clone of the Codex repository, and
			* run `npm run build-all` in the Codex root directory. Rerun this command
			* after making any changes.
			*
			* This should be disabled for production installations.
			*
			* @since 1.43
			*/
			public const CodexDevelopmentDir = [
			'default' => null,
			];

			/ endregion -- End of ResourceLoader settings

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Page titles and redirects
			/** @name Page titles and redirects */

			/**
			* Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
			* used instead.
			*/
			public const MetaNamespace = [
			'default' => false,
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'Sitename' ] ]
			];

			/**
			* @param mixed $sitename Value of Sitename
			* @return string
			*/
			public static function getDefaultMetaNamespace( $sitename ): string {
			return str_replace( ' ', '_', $sitename );
			}

			/**
			* Name of the project talk namespace.
			*
			* Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
			* $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
			* manually for grammatical reasons.
			*/
			public const MetaNamespaceTalk = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Canonical namespace names.
			*
			* Must not be changed directly in configuration or by extensions, use $wgExtraNamespaces
			* instead.
			*/
			public const CanonicalNamespaceNames = [
			'default' => NamespaceInfo::CANONICAL_NAMES,
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
			* Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
			* to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
			* names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
			* hook or extension.json.
			*
			* @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
			* no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
			* the new namespace name.
			*
			* Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
			* namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgExtraNamespaces = [
			* 100 => "Hilfe",
			* 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
			* 102 => "Aide",
			* 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
			* ];
			* ```
			* @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
			*/
			public const ExtraNamespaces = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
			*
			* Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
			* using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
			*
			* @since 1.18
			*/
			public const ExtraGenderNamespaces = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Define extra namespace aliases.
			*
			* These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
			* are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
			* requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
			* name.
			*
			* Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgNamespaceAliases = [
			* 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
			* 'Help' => 100,
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* @see \MediaWiki\Language\Language::getNamespaceAliases for accessing the full list of aliases,
			* including those defined by other means.
			*/
			public const NamespaceAliases = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Allowed title characters -- regex character class
			* Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
			*
			* Problematic punctuation:
			* - []}\|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
			* - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
			* - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
			* - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
			* corrupted by apache
			* - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
			*
			* All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
			* instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
			*
			* The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
			* double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
			* %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
			* for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
			* passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
			* because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
			*
			* In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
			* @deprecated since 1.41; use Extension:TitleBlacklist or (soon)
			* Extension:AbuseFilter to customize this set.
			*/
			public const LegalTitleChars = [
			'default' => ' %!"$&\'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+',
			'deprecated' => 'since 1.41; use Extension:TitleBlacklist to customize',
			];

			/**
			* Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
			*
			* @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
			* appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will not go to the
			* same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
			*/
			public const CapitalLinks = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such as Special,
			* see NamespaceInfo::ALWAYS_CAPITALIZED_NAMESPACES for the full list) must be true by
			* default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that require them to be
			* so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their associated content
			* namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the subject namespace's
			* setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from NS_FILE.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
			* ```
			*/
			public const CapitalLinkOverrides = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Which namespaces should support subpages?
			* See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
			*/
			public const NamespacesWithSubpages = [
			'default' => [
			NS_TALK => true,
			NS_USER => true,
			NS_USER_TALK => true,
			NS_PROJECT => true,
			NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
			NS_FILE_TALK => true,
			NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
			NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
			NS_TEMPLATE => true,
			NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
			NS_HELP => true,
			NS_HELP_TALK => true,
			NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
			* as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
			* contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
			* number of articles in the wiki.
			*/
			public const ContentNamespaces = [
			'default' => [ NS_MAIN ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Optional array of namespaces which should be excluded from Special:ShortPages.
			*
			* Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceExclusions will
			* be shown on that page.
			*
			* @since 1.37; previously $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist
			*/
			public const ShortPagesNamespaceExclusions = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
			* (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
			* Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
			*
			* For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
			* intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
			*/
			public const ExtraSignatureNamespaces = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Array of invalid page redirect targets.
			*
			* Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
			* will make the redirect fail.
			* Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
			* (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
			*
			* As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
			* other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
			*/
			public const InvalidRedirectTargets = [
			'default' => [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect', 'Mylog' ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
			* and have no "redirected from" link.
			*
			* @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
			* local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
			* redirected regardless of this setting.
			*/
			public const DisableHardRedirects = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Fix double redirects after a page move.
			*
			* Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
			*/
			public const FixDoubleRedirects = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/ endregion -- End of title and interwiki settings

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Interwiki links and sites
			/** @name Interwiki links and sites */

			/**
			* Array for local interwiki values, for each of the interwiki prefixes that point to
			* the current wiki.
			*
			* Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array. See $wgRCFeeds.
			*/
			public const LocalInterwikis = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
			*/
			public const InterwikiExpiry = [
			'default' => 10800,
			];

			/**
			* Interwiki cache as an associative array.
			*
			* When set, the InterwikiLookup service will not use the built-in `interwiki` database table,
			* but instead use this static array as its source.
			*
			* This cache data structure can be generated by the `dumpInterwiki.php` maintenance
			* script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
			* formats such as the following:
			*
			* - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
			* - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
			* - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
			* - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
			*
			* Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
			* data layout.
			*
			* @see \MediaWiki\Interwiki\ClassicInterwikiLookup
			*/
			public const InterwikiCache = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'false\|map',
			'mergeStrategy' => 'replace',
			];

			/**
			* Specify number of domains to check for messages.
			*
			* - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
			* - 2: wiki and global levels
			* - 3: site levels
			*/
			public const InterwikiScopes = [
			'default' => 3,
			];

			/**
			* Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
			*/
			public const InterwikiFallbackSite = [
			'default' => 'wiki',
			];

			/**
			* If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
			* set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
			* as 'redirected from' links.
			*
			* Example:
			* It might look something like this:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
			* ```
			*
			* Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
			* This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
			* the URL.
			*/
			public const RedirectSources = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Register handlers for specific types of sites.
			*
			* @since 1.21
			*/
			public const SiteTypes = [
			'default' => [ 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class, ],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/ endregion -- Interwiki links and sites

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Parser settings
			/** @name Parser settings
			* These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
			*/

			/**
			* Maximum indent level of toc.
			*/
			public const MaxTocLevel = [
			'default' => 999,
			];

			/**
			* A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
			* by PPFrame::expand()
			*/
			public const MaxPPNodeCount = [
			'default' => 1_000_000,
			];

			/**
			* Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
			*
			* The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
			* and xdebug limits the call stack to 256 by default. So this should hopefully
			* stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
			*/
			public const MaxTemplateDepth = [
			'default' => 100,
			];

			/**
			* @see self::MaxTemplateDepth
			*/
			public const MaxPPExpandDepth = [
			'default' => 100,
			];

			/**
			* URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by UrlUtils::parse().
			*
			* WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
			* Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
			* to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
			* more information.
			*
			* @see \MediaWiki\Utils\UrlUtils::parse()
			*/
			public const UrlProtocols = [
			'default' => [
			'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
			'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'matrix:', 'mms://',
			'news:', 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:',
			'ssh://', 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:',
			'/',
			],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
			*/
			public const CleanSignatures = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
			*/
			public const AllowExternalImages = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
			* that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
			*
			* You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
			* You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
			*
			* Examples:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
			* $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
			* ```
			*/
			public const AllowExternalImagesFrom = [
			'default' => '',
			];

			/**
			* If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
			* allow list of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
			* against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
			* the image will be displayed.
			*
			* Set this to true to enable the on-wiki allow list (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
			* Or false to disable it
			*
			* @since 1.14
			*/
			public const EnableImageWhitelist = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
			* array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
			* library; historically, other postprocessors were used.
			*
			* Setting this to null will use default settings.
			*
			* Keys include:
			* - treeMutationTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
			* - serializerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
			* - mungerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
			* - pwrap: whether <p> wrapping should be done (default true)
			*
			* See includes/tidy/RemexDriver.php for detail on configuration.
			*
			* Overriding the default configuration is strongly discouraged in
			* production.
			*/
			public const TidyConfig = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Default Parsoid configuration.
			*
			* Overriding the default configuration is strongly discouraged in
			* production.
			*
			* @since 1.39
			*/
			public const ParsoidSettings = [
			'default' => [
			'useSelser' => true,
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Enable legacy media HTML structure in the output from the Parser. The
			* alternative modern HTML structure that replaces it is described at
			* https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Parsing/Media_structure
			*
			* @deprecated since 1.41
			* @since 1.36
			*/
			public const ParserEnableLegacyMediaDOM = [
			'default' => false,
			'deprecated' => 'since 1.41',
			];

			/**
			* Enable legacy HTML structure for headings in the output from the Parser.
			* The legacy structure includes section edit links (and other markup added
			* by some extensions) inside the headings rather than outside them, leading
			* to poor accessibility. This doesn't affect headings on special pages.
			* Note that each skin also has to indicate support for the new structure.
			* More information: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Heading_HTML_changes
			*
			* @since 1.43
			*/
			public const ParserEnableLegacyHeadingDOM = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Enable shipping the styles for the media HTML structure that replaces
			* legacy, when $wgParserEnableLegacyMediaDOM is `false`. This is configured
			* separately so that it can continue to be served after the latter is disabled
			* but still in the cache.
			*
			* @deprecated since 1.41
			* @internal Temporary flag, T51097.
			* @since 1.38
			*/
			public const UseContentMediaStyles = [
			'default' => false,
			'deprecated' => 'since 1.41',
			];

			/**
			* Disable shipping the styles for the legacy media HTML structure
			* that has been replaced when $wgParserEnableLegacyMediaDOM is `false`. This is
			* configured separately to give time for templates and extensions that mimic the
			* parser output to be migrated away.
			*
			* @internal Temporary feature flag for T318433.
			* @since 1.41
			*/
			public const UseLegacyMediaStyles = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
			*
			* THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE $wgGroupPermissions
			* TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
			*/
			public const RawHtml = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
			*
			* This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
			* attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
			* Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
			* setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
			* to some of your users.
			*/
			public const ExternalLinkTarget = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
			* rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
			* they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
			* are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
			*/
			public const NoFollowLinks = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
			*
			* See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
			*/
			public const NoFollowNsExceptions = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
			* (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
			* value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
			*
			* $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
			*
			* This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
			* en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
			* etc.
			*
			* Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
			*/
			public const NoFollowDomainExceptions = [
			'default' => [ 'mediawiki.org', ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
			* externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
			*/
			public const RegisterInternalExternals = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
			*/
			public const AllowDisplayTitle = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
			* canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
			* which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
			*/
			public const RestrictDisplayTitle = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
			* PAGESINCATEGORY.
			*/
			public const ExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = [
			'default' => 100,
			];

			/**
			* Preprocessor caching threshold
			* Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
			*/
			public const PreprocessorCacheThreshold = [
			'default' => 1000,
			];

			/**
			* Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
			*/
			public const EnableScaryTranscluding = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in object cache.
			*
			* Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
			*/
			public const TranscludeCacheExpiry = [
			'default' => 3600,
			];

			/**
			* Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
			* PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
			*
			* @since 1.28
			*/
			public const EnableMagicLinks = [
			'default' => [
			'ISBN' => false,
			'PMID' => false,
			'RFC' => false,
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Set this to true to allow the {{USERLANGUAGE}} magic word to return the
			* actual user language. If it is false, {{USERLANGUAGE}} will return the
			* page language. Setting this to true is discouraged since the page
			* language should typically be used in the content area. Accessing the user
			* language using this feature reduces the efficiency of the parser cache.
			*
			* @since 1.43
			*/
			public const ParserEnableUserLanguage = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/ endregion -- end of parser settings

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Statistics and content analysis
			/** @name Statistics and content analysis */

			/**
			* Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
			* as a valid article.
			*
			* Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
			*
			* This variable can have the following values:
			* - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
			* - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
			*
			* See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
			*
			* Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
			* to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
			* script.
			*/
			public const ArticleCountMethod = [
			'default' => 'link',
			];

			/**
			* How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
			* the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
			* {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
			*
			* You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
			* numbers between different wikis.
			*/
			public const ActiveUserDays = [
			'default' => 30,
			];

			/**
			* The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
			*
			* - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
			*
			* - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
			* a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
			* but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
			*
			* - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
			* has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
			*/
			public const LearnerEdits = [
			'default' => 10,
			];

			/**
			* Number of days the user must exist before becoming a learner.
			*
			* @see self::LearnerEdits
			*/
			public const LearnerMemberSince = [
			'default' => 4,
			];

			/**
			* Number of edits the user must have before becoming "experienced".
			*
			* @see self::LearnerEdits
			*/
			public const ExperiencedUserEdits = [
			'default' => 500,
			];

			/**
			* Number of days the user must exist before becoming "experienced".
			*
			* @see self::LearnerEdits
			*/
			public const ExperiencedUserMemberSince = [
			'default' => 30,
			];

			/**
			* Maximum number of revisions of a page that will be checked against every new edit
			* made to determine whether the edit was a manual revert.
			*
			* Computational time required increases roughly linearly with this configuration
			* variable.
			*
			* Larger values will let you detect very deep reverts, but at the same time can give
			* unexpected results (such as marking large amounts of edits as reverts) and may slow
			* down the wiki slightly when saving new edits.
			*
			* Setting this to 0 will disable the manual revert detection feature entirely.
			*
			* See this document for a discussion on this topic:
			* https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Research:Revert
			*
			* @since 1.36
			*/
			public const ManualRevertSearchRadius = [
			'default' => 15,
			'type' => 'integer',
			];

			/**
			* Maximum depth (revision count) of reverts that will have their reverted edits marked
			* with the mw-reverted change tag. Reverts deeper than that will not have any edits
			* marked as reverted at all.
			*
			* Large values can lead to lots of revisions being marked as "reverted", which may appear
			* confusing to users.
			*
			* Setting this to 0 will disable the reverted tag entirely.
			*
			* @since 1.36
			*/
			public const RevertedTagMaxDepth = [
			'default' => 15,
			'type' => 'integer',
			];

			/ endregion -- End of statistics and content analysis

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region User accounts, authentication
			/** @name User accounts, authentication */

			/**
			* Central ID lookup providers
			* Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
			*
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const CentralIdLookupProviders = [
			'default' => [
			'local' => [
			'class' => LocalIdLookup::class,
			'services' => [
			'MainConfig',
			'DBLoadBalancerFactory',
			'HideUserUtils',
			]
			]
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Central ID lookup provider to use by default
			*/
			public const CentralIdLookupProvider = [
			'default' => 'local',
			'type' => 'string',
			];

			/**
			* User registration timestamp provider classes
			* @since 1.41
			*/
			public const UserRegistrationProviders = [
			'default' => [
			LocalUserRegistrationProvider::TYPE => [
			'class' => LocalUserRegistrationProvider::class,
			'services' => [
			'UserFactory'
			]
			]
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Password policy for the wiki.
			*
			* Structured as
			* ```
			* [
			* 'policies' => [ <group> => [ <policy> => <settings>, ... ], ... ],
			* 'checks' => [ <policy> => <callback>, ... ],
			* ]
			* ```
			* where <group> is a user group, <policy> is a password policy name
			* (arbitrary string) defined in the 'checks' part, <callback> is the
			* PHP callable implementing the policy check, <settings> is an array
			* of options with the following keys:
			* - value: (number, boolean or null) the value to pass to the callback
			* - forceChange: (boolean, default false) if the password is invalid, do
			* not let the user log in without changing the password
			* - suggestChangeOnLogin: (boolean, default false) if true and the password is
			* invalid, suggest a password change if logging in. If all the failing policies
			* that apply to the user have this set to false, the password change
			* screen will not be shown. 'forceChange' takes precedence over
			* 'suggestChangeOnLogin' if they are both present.
			* As a shorthand for [ 'value' => <value> ], simply <value> can be written.
			* When multiple password policies are defined for a user, the settings
			* arrays are merged, and for fields which are set in both arrays, the
			* larger value (as understood by PHP's 'max' method) is taken.
			*
			* A user's effective policy is the superset of all policy statements
			* from the policies for the groups where the user is a member. If more
			* than one group policy include the same policy statement, the value is
			* the max() of the values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group
			* is required, and serves as the minimum policy for all users.
			*
			* Callbacks receive three arguments: the policy value, the User object
			* and the password; and must return a StatusValue. A non-good status
			* means the password will not be accepted for new accounts, and existing
			* accounts will be prompted for password change or barred from logging in
			* (depending on whether the status is a fatal or merely error/warning).
			*
			* The checks supported by core are:
			* - MinimalPasswordLength - Minimum length a user can set.
			* - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - Passwords shorter than this will
			* not be allowed to login, or offered a chance to reset their password
			* as part of the login workflow, regardless if it is correct.
			* - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
			* to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
			* - PasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername - Password cannot be a substring
			* (contained within) the username.
			* - PasswordCannotMatchDefaults - Username/password combination cannot
			* match a list of default passwords used by MediaWiki in the past.
			* - PasswordNotInCommonList - Password not in best practices list of
			* 100,000 commonly used passwords. Due to the size of the list this
			* is a probabilistic test.
			*
			* If you add custom checks, for Special:PasswordPolicies to display them correctly,
			* every check should have a corresponding passwordpolicies-policy-<check> message,
			* and every settings field other than 'value' should have a corresponding
			* passwordpolicies-policyflag-<flag> message (<check> and <flag> are in lowercase).
			* The check message receives the policy value as a parameter, the flag message
			* receives the flag value (or values if it's an array).
			*
			* @since 1.26
			* @see \MediaWiki\Password\PasswordPolicyChecks
			* @see \MediaWiki\User\User::checkPasswordValidity()
			*/
			public const PasswordPolicy = [
			'default' => [
			'policies' => [
			'bureaucrat' => [
			'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
			'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
			],
			'sysop' => [
			'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
			'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
			],
			'interface-admin' => [
			'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
			'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
			],
			'bot' => [
			'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
			'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
			],
			'default' => [
			'MinimalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 8, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
			'PasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername' => [
			'value' => true,
			'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true
			],
			'PasswordCannotMatchDefaults' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
			'MaximalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 4096, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
			'PasswordNotInCommonList' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
			],
			],
			'checks' => [
			'MinimalPasswordLength' => [ PasswordPolicyChecks::class, 'checkMinimalPasswordLength' ],
			'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => [ PasswordPolicyChecks::class, 'checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' ],
			'PasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername' => [ PasswordPolicyChecks::class, 'checkPasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername' ],
			'PasswordCannotMatchDefaults' => [ PasswordPolicyChecks::class, 'checkPasswordCannotMatchDefaults' ],
			'MaximalPasswordLength' => [ PasswordPolicyChecks::class, 'checkMaximalPasswordLength' ],
			'PasswordNotInCommonList' => [ PasswordPolicyChecks::class, 'checkPasswordNotInCommonList' ],
			],
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			'mergeStrategy' => 'array_replace_recursive',
			];

			/**
			* Configure AuthManager
			*
			* All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
			* structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
			* providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
			* (default is 0).
			*
			* Elements are:
			* - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
			* - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
			* - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
			*
			* @since 1.27
			* @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
			* used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
			* scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
			* auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
			*/
			public const AuthManagerConfig = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?map',
			];

			/**
			* @see self::AuthManagerConfig
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const AuthManagerAutoConfig = [
			'default' => [
			'preauth' => [
			ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
			'class' => ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
			'sort' => 0,
			],
			],
			'primaryauth' => [
			/ TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
			/ any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
			/ PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
			/ FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
			/ won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
			/ auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
			/ probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
			TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
			'class' => TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
			'services' => [
			'DBLoadBalancerFactory',
			'UserOptionsLookup',
			],
			'args' => [ [
			/ Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
			'authoritative' => false,
			] ],
			'sort' => 0,
			],
			LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
			'class' => LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
			'services' => [
			'DBLoadBalancerFactory',
			],
			'args' => [ [
			/ Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
			/ a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
			/ authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
			/ password") if it too fails.
			'authoritative' => true,
			] ],
			'sort' => 100,
			],
			],
			'secondaryauth' => [
			CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
			'class' => CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
			'sort' => 0,
			],
			ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
			'class' => ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
			'sort' => 100,
			],
			/ Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
			/ MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
			/ 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
			/ 'sort' => 100,
			/ ],
			EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
			'class' => EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
			'services' => [
			'DBLoadBalancerFactory',
			],
			'sort' => 200,
			],
			],
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			'mergeStrategy' => 'array_plus_2d',
			];

			/**
			* Configures RememberMe authentication request added by AuthManager. It can show a "remember
			* me" checkbox that, when checked, will cause it to take more time for the authenticated
			* session to expire. It can also be configured to always or to never extend the authentication
			* session.
			*
			* Valid values are listed in RememberMeAuthenticationRequest::ALLOWED_FLAGS.
			*
			* @since 1.36
			*/
			public const RememberMe = [
			'default' => 'choose',
			'type' => 'string',
			];

			/**
			* Time frame for re-authentication.
			*
			* With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
			* their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
			* changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
			* not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
			* third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
			* both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
			* - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
			* that needs to do this.
			* - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
			* the last X seconds.
			* - Come up with a third option.
			*
			* MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
			* "X seconds".
			*
			* This allows for configuring different time frames for different
			* "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
			* - LinkAccounts
			* - UnlinkAccount
			* - ChangeCredentials
			* - RemoveCredentials
			* - ChangeEmail
			*
			* Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
			* calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
			* ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
			* SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
			* SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
			* AuthManagerSpecialPage.
			*
			* The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
			*
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const ReauthenticateTime = [
			'default' => [ 'default' => 300, ],
			'type' => 'map',
			'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'integer', ],
			];

			/**
			* Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
			*
			* If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
			* SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
			* AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
			* SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
			* that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
			*
			* The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
			*
			* @since 1.27
			* @see self::ReauthenticateTime
			*/
			public const AllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
			'default' => [ 'default' => true, ],
			'type' => 'map',
			'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'boolean', ],
			];

			/**
			* List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
			* Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
			*
			* This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
			* AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
			* Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
			*
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const ChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
			'default' => [
			TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
			],
			'type' => 'list',
			'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ],
			];

			/**
			* List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
			* Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
			*
			* This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
			* AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
			* Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
			*
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const RemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
			'default' => [
			PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
			],
			'type' => 'list',
			'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ],
			];

			/**
			* Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
			* password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
			*
			* @since 1.23
			*/
			public const InvalidPasswordReset = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Default password type to use when hashing user passwords.
			*
			* Must be set to a type defined in $wgPasswordConfig, or a type that
			* is registered by default in PasswordFactory.php.
			*
			* @since 1.24
			*/
			public const PasswordDefault = [
			'default' => 'pbkdf2',
			];

			/**
			* Configuration for built-in password types.
			*
			* Maps the password type to an array of options:
			*
			* - class: The Password class to use.
			* - factory (since 1.40): A function that creates and returns a suitable Password object.
			* This option is intended only for internal use; the function signature is unstable and
			* subject to change in future versions.
			*
			* All other options are class-dependent.
			*
			* An advanced example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
			* 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
			* 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
			* 'secrets' => [
			* hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
			* ],
			* 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* @since 1.24
			*/
			public const PasswordConfig = [
			'default' => [
			'A' => [
			'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
			],
			'B' => [
			'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
			],
			'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
			'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
			'types' => [
			'A',
			'pbkdf2',
			],
			],
			'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
			'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
			'types' => [
			'B',
			'pbkdf2',
			],
			],
			'bcrypt' => [
			'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
			'cost' => 9,
			],
			'pbkdf2' => [
			'class' => Pbkdf2PasswordUsingOpenSSL::class,
			'algo' => 'sha512',
			'cost' => '30000',
			'length' => '64',
			],
			'argon2' => [
			'class' => Argon2Password::class,

			/ Algorithm used:
			/ * 'argon2i' is optimized against side-channel attacks
			/ * 'argon2id' is optimized against both side-channel and GPU cracking
			/ * 'auto' to use the best available algorithm. If you're using more than one server, be
			/ careful when you're mixing PHP versions because newer PHP might generate hashes that
			/ older versions would not understand.
			'algo' => 'auto',

			/ The parameters below are the same as options accepted by password_hash().
			/ Set them to override that function's defaults.
			/
			/ 'memory_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_MEMORY_COST,
			/ 'time_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_TIME_COST,
			/ 'threads' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_THREADS,
			],
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
			* with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
			* various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
			* has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
			*/
			public const PasswordResetRoutes = [
			'default' => [
			'username' => true,
			'email' => true,
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
			*/
			public const MaxSigChars = [
			'default' => 255,
			];

			/**
			* Behavior of signature validation. Allowed values are:
			* - 'warning' - invalid signatures cause a warning to be displayed on the preferences page,
			* but they are still used when signing comments; new invalid signatures can still be saved as
			* normal
			* - 'new' - existing invalid signatures behave as above; new invalid signatures can't be
			* saved
			* - 'disallow' - existing invalid signatures are no longer used when signing comments; new
			* invalid signatures can't be saved
			*
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const SignatureValidation = [
			'default' => 'warning',
			];

			/**
			* List of lint error codes which don't cause signature validation to fail.
			*
			* @see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Lint_errors
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const SignatureAllowedLintErrors = [
			'default' => [ 'obsolete-tag', ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
			* script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
			*/
			public const MaxNameChars = [
			'default' => 255,
			];

			/**
			* Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
			* Maintenance scripts can still use these
			*
			* @see \MediaWiki\User\User::MAINTENANCE_SCRIPT_USER
			*/
			public const ReservedUsernames = [
			'default' => [
			'MediaWiki default', / Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
			'Conversion script', / Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
			'Maintenance script', / Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
			'Template namespace initialisation script', / Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
			'ScriptImporter', / Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
			'Delete page script', / Default user name used by maintenance/deleteBatch.php
			'Move page script', / Default user name used by maintenance/deleteBatch.php
			'Command line script', / Default user name used by maintenance/undelete.php
			'Unknown user', / Used in WikiImporter & RevisionStore for revisions with no author and in User for invalid user id
			'msg:double-redirect-fixer', / Automatic double redirect fix
			'msg:usermessage-editor', / Default user for leaving user messages
			'msg:proxyblocker', / For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
			'msg:sorbs', / For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
			'msg:spambot_username', / Used by cleanupSpam.php
			'msg:autochange-username', / Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
			],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
			* preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
			*
			* For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
			* $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
			*
			* To save storage space, no user_properties row will be stored for users with the
			* default setting for a given option, even if the user manually selects that option.
			* This means that a change to the defaults will change the setting for all users who
			* have been using the default setting; there is no way for users to opt out of this.
			* $wgConditionalUserOptions can be used to change the default value for future users
			* only.
			*
			* @see self::ConditionalUserOptions
			*/
			public const DefaultUserOptions = [
			'default' =>
			/ This array should be sorted by key
			[
			'ccmeonemails' => 0,
			'date' => 'default',
			'diffonly' => 0,
			'diff-type' => 'table',
			'disablemail' => 0,
			'editfont' => 'monospace',
			'editondblclick' => 0,
			'editrecovery' => 0,
			'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
			'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
			'enotifminoredits' => 0,
			'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
			'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
			'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
			'extendwatchlist' => 1,
			'fancysig' => 0,
			'forceeditsummary' => 0,
			'forcesafemode' => 0,
			'gender' => 'unknown',
			'hidecategorization' => 1,
			'hideminor' => 0,
			'hidepatrolled' => 0,
			'imagesize' => 2,
			'minordefault' => 0,
			'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
			'nickname' => '',
			'norollbackdiff' => 0,
			'prefershttps' => 1,
			'previewonfirst' => 0,
			'previewontop' => 1,
			'pst-cssjs' => 1,
			'rcdays' => 7,
			'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
			'rclimit' => 50,
			'requireemail' => 0,
			'search-match-redirect' => true,
			'search-special-page' => 'Search',
			'search-thumbnail-extra-namespaces' => true,
			'searchlimit' => 20,
			'showhiddencats' => 0,
			'shownumberswatching' => 1,
			'showrollbackconfirmation' => 0,
			'skin' => false,
			'skin-responsive' => 1,
			'thumbsize' => 5,
			'underline' => 2,
			'useeditwarning' => 1,
			'uselivepreview' => 0,
			'usenewrc' => 1,
			'watchcreations' => 1,
			'watchdefault' => 1,
			'watchdeletion' => 0,
			'watchlistdays' => 7,
			'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
			'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
			'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
			'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
			'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
			'watchlisthideown' => 0,
			'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
			'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
			'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
			'watchmoves' => 0,
			'watchrollback' => 0,
			'watchuploads' => 1,
			'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
			'wllimit' => 250,
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Conditional defaults for user options
			*
			* Map of user options to conditional defaults descriptors, which is an array
			* of conditional cases [ VALUE, CONDITION1, CONDITION2 ], where VALUE is the default value for
			* all users that meet ALL conditions, and each CONDITION is either a:
			* (a) a CUDCOND_* constant (when condition does not take any arguments), or
			* (b) an array [ CUDCOND_*, argument1, argument1, ... ] (when chosen condition takes at
			* least one argument).
			*
			* When `null` is used as the VALUE, it is interpreted as "no conditional default for this
			* condition". In other words, `null` and $wgDefaultUserOptions['user-option'] can be used
			* interchangeably as the VALUE.
			*
			* All conditions are evaluated in order. When no condition matches.
			* $wgDefaultUserOptions is used instead.
			*
			* Example of valid configuration:
			* $wgConditionalUserOptions['user-option'] = [
			* [ 'registered in 2024', [ CUDCOND_AFTER, '20240101000000' ] ]
			* ];
			*
			* List of valid conditions:
			* * CUDCOND_AFTER: user registered after given timestamp (args: string $timestamp)
			* * CUDCOND_ANON: allows specifying a default for anonymous (logged-out, non-temporary) users
			* * CUDCOND_NAMED: allows specifying a default for named (registered, non-temporary) users
			* * CUDCOND_USERGROUP: users with a specific user group
			*
			* @since 1.42
			* @see self::DefaultUserOptions
			*/
			public const ConditionalUserOptions = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* An array of preferences to not show for the user
			*/
			public const HiddenPrefs = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Characters to prevent during new account creations.
			*
			* This is used in a regular expression character class during
			* registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
			*/
			public const InvalidUsernameCharacters = [
			'default' => '@:>=',
			];

			/**
			* Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
			* (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
			* databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
			*
			* It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
			* $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
			* modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
			*/
			public const UserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = [
			'default' => '@',
			];

			/**
			* This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
			*
			* Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
			* https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
			*
			* @since 1.17
			*/
			public const SecureLogin = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Versioning for authentication tokens.
			*
			* If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
			* in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
			* active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
			*
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const AuthenticationTokenVersion = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/**
			* MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
			*
			* Values are ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders to be
			* used. Keys in the array are ignored; the class name is conventionally
			* used as the key to avoid collisions. Order is not significant.
			*
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const SessionProviders = [
			'type' => 'map',
			'default' => [
			\MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
			'class' => \MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
			'args' => [ [
			'priority' => 30,
			] ],
			],
			\MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
			'class' => \MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
			'args' => [ [
			'priority' => 75,
			] ],
			'services' => [
			'GrantsInfo'
			],
			],
			],
			];

			/**
			* Configuration for automatic creation of temporary accounts on page save.
			* This can be enabled to avoid exposing the IP addresses of casual editors who
			* do not explicitly create an account.
			*
			* @warning This is EXPERIMENTAL, enabling may break extensions.
			*
			* An associative array with the following keys:
			*
			* - known: (bool) Whether auto-creation is known about. Set this to 'true' if
			* temp accounts have been created on this wiki already. This setting allows
			* temp users to be recognized even if auto-creation is currently disabled.
			* If auto-creation is enabled via the 'enabled' property, then 'known' is
			* overriden to true.
			* - enabled: (bool) Whether auto-creation is enabled. If changing this
			* value from 'true' to 'false', you should also set 'known' to true, so
			* that relevant code can continue to identify temporary accounts as
			* visually and conceptually distinct from anonymous accounts and named accounts.
			* - actions: (array) A list of actions for which the feature is enabled.
			* Currently only "edit" is supported.
			* - genPattern: (string) The pattern used when generating new usernames.
			* This should have "$1" indicating the place where the serial string will
			* be substituted.
			* - matchPattern: (string\|string[]\|null) The pattern used when determining whether a
			* username is a temporary user. This affects the rights of the user
			* and also prevents explicit creation of users with matching names.
			* This is ignored if "enabled" is false. If the value is null, the
			* the genPattern value is used as the matchPattern.
			* - reservedPattern: (string) A pattern used to determine whether a
			* username should be denied for explicit creation, in addition to
			* matchPattern. This is used even if "enabled" is false.
			* - serialProvider: (array) Configuration for generation of unique integer
			* indexes which are used to make temporary usernames.
			* - type: (string) May be "local" to allocate indexes using the local
			* database. If the CentralAuth extension is enabled, it may be
			* "centralauth". Extensions may plug in additional types using the
			* TempUserSerialProviders attribute.
			* - numShards (int, default 1): A small integer. This can be set to a
			* value greater than 1 to avoid acquiring a global lock when
			* allocating IDs, at the expense of making the IDs be non-monotonic.
			* - useYear: (bool) Restart at 1 each time the year changes (in UTC).
			* To avoid naming conflicts, the year is included in the name after
			* the prefix, in the form 'YYYY-'.
			* - serialMapping: (array) Configuration for mapping integer indexes to strings
			* to substitute into genPattern.
			* - type: (string) May be
			* - "plain-numeric" to use ASCII decimal numbers
			* - "localized-numeric" to use numbers localized using a specific language
			* - "filtered-radix" to use numbers in an arbitrary base between 2 and 36,
			* with an optional list of "bad" IDs to skip over.
			* - "scramble": to use ASCII decimal numbers that are short but
			* non-consecutive.
			* - language: (string) With "localized-numeric", the language code
			* - radix: (int) With "filtered-radix", the base
			* - badIndexes: (array) With "filtered-radix", an array with the bad unmapped
			* indexes in the values. The integers must be sorted and the list
			* must never change after the indexes have been allocated. The keys must
			* be zero-based array indexes.
			* - uppercase: (bool) With "filtered-radix", whether to use uppercase
			* letters, default false.
			* - offset: (int) With "plain-numeric", a constant to add to the stored index.
			* - expireAfterDays: (int\|null, default 90) If not null, how many days should the temporary
			* accounts expire? Requires expireTemporaryAccounts.php to be periodically executed in
			* order to work.
			* - notifyBeforeExpirationDays: (int\|null, default 10) If not null, how many days before the
			* expiration of a temporary account should it be notified that their account is to be expired.
			*
			* @unstable EXPERIMENTAL
			* @since 1.39
			*/
			public const AutoCreateTempUser = [
			'properties' => [
			'known' => [ 'type' => 'bool', 'default' => false ],
			'enabled' => [ 'type' => 'bool', 'default' => false ],
			'actions' => [ 'type' => 'list', 'default' => [ 'edit' ] ],
			'genPattern' => [ 'type' => 'string', 'default' => '~$1' ],
			'matchPattern' => [ 'type' => 'string\|array\|null', 'default' => null ],
			'reservedPattern' => [ 'type' => 'string\|null', 'default' => '~$1' ],
			'serialProvider' => [ 'type' => 'object', 'default' => [ 'type' => 'local', 'useYear' => true ] ],
			'serialMapping' => [ 'type' => 'object', 'default' => [ 'type' => 'plain-numeric' ] ],
			'expireAfterDays' => [ 'type' => 'int\|null', 'default' => 90 ],
			'notifyBeforeExpirationDays' => [ 'type' => 'int\|null', 'default' => 10 ],
			],
			'type' => 'object',
			];

			/ endregion -- end user accounts

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region User rights, access control and monitoring
			/** @name User rights, access control and monitoring */

			/**
			* Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
			*/
			public const AutoblockExpiry = [
			'default' => 86400,
			];

			/**
			* Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
			*
			* This only applies to sitewide blocks. Partial blocks always allow users to
			* edit their own user talk page unless otherwise specified in the block
			* restrictions.
			*/
			public const BlockAllowsUTEdit = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
			*
			* CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
			* /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
			* half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
			* blocked using a small number of range blocks.
			*
			* For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
			* customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
			* plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
			* allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
			* as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
			*/
			public const BlockCIDRLimit = [
			'default' => [
			'IPv4' => 16,
			'IPv6' => 19,
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* If true, sitewide blocked users will not be allowed to login. (Direct
			* blocks only; IP blocks are ignored.) This can be used to remove users'
			* read access on a private wiki.
			*/
			public const BlockDisablesLogin = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Flag to enable partial blocks against performing certain actions.
			*
			* @unstable Temporary feature flag, T280532
			* @since 1.37
			*/
			public const EnablePartialActionBlocks = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* If this is false, the number of blocks of a given target is limited to only 1.
			*
			* @since 1.42
			*/
			public const EnableMultiBlocks = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Ipblocks table schema migration stage, for normalizing ipb_address field and
			* adding the block_target table.
			*
			* Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
			*
			* - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
			* - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH \| SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
			* - SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW
			*
			* History:
			* - 1.42: Added
			* - 1.43: Default changed from SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD to SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW
			* - 1.43: Deprecated, ignored, SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW is implied
			*
			* @deprecated since 1.43
			*/
			public const BlockTargetMigrationStage = [
			'default' => SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW,
			'type' => 'integer',
			];

			/**
			* Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgWhitelistRead = [ "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help" ];
			* ```
			*
			* Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always allowed.
			*
			* @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
			* see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
			* @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
			* will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
			* see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
			* @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
			* hook instead.
			*/
			public const WhitelistRead = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
			*
			* This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
			* is without underscore.
			*
			* Example:
			* To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
			* ```
			* @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
			* pages not intended to be allowed. The above example will also
			* allow a page named 'Security Main Page'.
			*
			* Example:
			* To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
			* ```
			*
			* Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
			* @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
			* see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
			*/
			public const WhitelistReadRegexp = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
			* address before being allowed to edit?
			*/
			public const EmailConfirmToEdit = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
			* Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
			*/
			public const HideIdentifiableRedirects = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Permission keys given to users in each group.
			*
			* This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
			* array of the format (right => boolean).
			*
			* The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
			* Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
			*
			* All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
			* logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
			* combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
			* in the user_groups table.
			*
			* Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
			* doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
			* unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
			* when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
			*
			* Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
			* for security. Use at your own risk!
			*
			* This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
			*/
			public const GroupPermissions = [
			'type' => 'map',
			'additionalProperties' => [
			'type' => 'map',
			'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'boolean', ],
			],
			'mergeStrategy' => 'array_plus_2d',
			'default' => [
			'*' => [
			'createaccount' => true,
			'read' => true,
			'edit' => true,
			'createpage' => true,
			'createtalk' => true,
			'viewmyprivateinfo' => true,
			'editmyprivateinfo' => true,
			'editmyoptions' => true,
			],
			'user' => [
			'move' => true,
			'move-subpages' => true,
			'move-rootuserpages' => true,
			'move-categorypages' => true,
			'movefile' => true,
			'read' => true,
			'edit' => true,
			'createpage' => true,
			'createtalk' => true,
			'upload' => true,
			'reupload' => true,
			'reupload-shared' => true,
			'minoredit' => true,
			'editmyusercss' => true,
			'editmyuserjson' => true,
			'editmyuserjs' => true,
			'editmyuserjsredirect' => true,
			'sendemail' => true,
			'applychangetags' => true,
			'changetags' => true,
			'editcontentmodel' => true,
			'viewmywatchlist' => true,
			'editmywatchlist' => true,
			],
			'autoconfirmed' => [
			'autoconfirmed' => true,
			'editsemiprotected' => true,
			],
			'bot' => [
			'bot' => true,
			'autoconfirmed' => true,
			'editsemiprotected' => true,
			'nominornewtalk' => true,
			'autopatrol' => true,
			'suppressredirect' => true,
			'apihighlimits' => true,
			],
			'sysop' => [
			'block' => true,
			'createaccount' => true,
			'delete' => true,
			'bigdelete' => true,
			'deletedhistory' => true,
			'deletedtext' => true,
			'undelete' => true,
			'editinterface' => true,
			'editsitejson' => true,
			'edituserjson' => true,
			'import' => true,
			'importupload' => true,
			'move' => true,
			'move-subpages' => true,
			'move-rootuserpages' => true,
			'move-categorypages' => true,
			'patrol' => true,
			'autopatrol' => true,
			'protect' => true,
			'editprotected' => true,
			'rollback' => true,
			'upload' => true,
			'reupload' => true,
			'reupload-shared' => true,
			'unwatchedpages' => true,
			'autoconfirmed' => true,
			'editsemiprotected' => true,
			'ipblock-exempt' => true,
			'blockemail' => true,
			'markbotedits' => true,
			'apihighlimits' => true,
			'browsearchive' => true,
			'noratelimit' => true,
			'movefile' => true,
			'unblockself' => true,
			'suppressredirect' => true,
			'mergehistory' => true,
			'managechangetags' => true,
			'deletechangetags' => true,
			],
			'interface-admin' => [
			'editinterface' => true,
			'editsitecss' => true,
			'editsitejson' => true,
			'editsitejs' => true,
			'editusercss' => true,
			'edituserjson' => true,
			'edituserjs' => true,
			],
			'bureaucrat' => [
			'userrights' => true,
			'noratelimit' => true,
			'renameuser' => true,
			],
			'suppress' => [
			'hideuser' => true,
			'suppressrevision' => true,
			'viewsuppressed' => true,
			'suppressionlog' => true,
			'deleterevision' => true,
			'deletelogentry' => true,
			],
			],
			];

			/**
			* List of groups which should be considered privileged (user accounts
			* belonging in these groups can be abused in dangerous ways).
			* This is used for some security checks, mainly logging.
			* @since 1.41
			* @see \MediaWiki\User\UserGroupManager::getUserPrivilegedGroups()
			*/
			public const PrivilegedGroups = [
			'default' => [
			'bureaucrat',
			'interface-admin',
			'suppress',
			'sysop',
			],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
			*
			* This acts the same way as $wgGroupPermissions above, except that
			* if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
			*
			* Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
			* certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
			*/
			public const RevokePermissions = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			'mergeStrategy' => 'array_plus_2d',
			];

			/**
			* Groups that should inherit permissions from another group
			*
			* This allows defining a group that inherits its permissions
			* from another group without having to copy all the permission
			* grants over. For example, if you wanted a manual "confirmed"
			* group that had the same permissions as "autoconfirmed":
			*
			* ```
			* $wgGroupInheritsPermissions['confirmed'] = 'autoconfirmed';
			* ```
			*
			* Recursive inheritance is currently not supported. In the above
			* example, confirmed will only gain the permissions explicitly
			* granted (or revoked) from autoconfirmed, not any permissions
			* that autoconfirmed might inherit.
			*
			* @since 1.38
			*/
			public const GroupInheritsPermissions = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'string', ],
			];

			/**
			* Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
			*/
			public const ImplicitGroups = [
			'default' => [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
			* are allowed to add or revoke.
			*
			* Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
			* group".
			*
			* Example:
			* To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
			* ```
			*
			* Example:
			* Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
			* ```
			*
			* This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
			* any group that they happen to be in.
			*/
			public const GroupsAddToSelf = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* @see self::GroupsAddToSelf
			*/
			public const GroupsRemoveFromSelf = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
			* You probably shouldn't change this.
			*
			* Translated through restriction-* messages.
			* RestrictionStore::listApplicableRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
			* applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
			*/
			public const RestrictionTypes = [
			'default' => [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
			*
			* You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
			* permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
			* dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
			*
			* - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
			* - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
			* - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
			*/
			public const RestrictionLevels = [
			'default' => [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
			*
			* A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
			* requested restriction level is included in this array.
			*
			* 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
			* 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
			*/
			public const CascadingRestrictionLevels = [
			'default' => [ 'sysop', ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
			*
			* Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
			* and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
			* general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
			* reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
			* "semiprotected".
			*
			* 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
			* 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
			*/
			public const SemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [
			'default' => [ 'autoconfirmed', ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
			* namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
			* have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
			*
			* @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
			*/
			public const NamespaceProtection = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
			*
			* Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
			* namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
			*
			* Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
			* which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
			*/
			public const NonincludableNamespaces = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
			* implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
			* privileges of new accounts.
			*
			* Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
			* recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
			*
			* When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
			*
			* Example:
			* Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
			*
			* ```
			* $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; / ten minutes
			* ```
			*
			* Set age to one day:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; / one day
			* ```
			*/
			public const AutoConfirmAge = [
			'default' => 0,
			];

			/**
			* Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
			*
			* Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
			* ```
			*/
			public const AutoConfirmCount = [
			'default' => 0,
			];

			/**
			* Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
			*
			* The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
			*
			* $wgAutopromote = [
			* 'groupname' => cond,
			* 'group2' => cond2,
			* ];
			*
			* A `cond` may be:
			* - a single condition without arguments:
			* Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
			* e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
			* [ `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` ]
			* - a single condition with arguments:
			* e.g. `[ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 ]`
			* - a set of conditions:
			* e.g. `[ 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... ]`
			*
			* When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
			* - `&` (AND):
			* promote if user matches ALL conditions
			* - `\|` (OR):
			* promote if user matches ANY condition
			* - `^` (XOR):
			* promote if user matches ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS
			* - `!` (NOT):
			* promote if user matces NO condition
			* - [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ]:
			* true if user has a confirmed e-mail
			* - [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits (if null or missing $wgAutoConfirmCount will be used)]:
			* true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
			* - [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration (if null or missing $wgAutoConfirmAge will be used)]:
			* true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
			* is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
			* - [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ]:
			* true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
			* is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
			* - [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ]:
			* true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
			* - [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ]:
			* true if the user has the passed IP address
			* - [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ]:
			* true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
			* - [ APCOND_BLOCKED ]:
			* true if the user is sitewide blocked
			* - [ APCOND_ISBOT ]:
			* true if the user is a bot
			* - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
			*
			* The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
			* linked by operands.
			*
			* Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
			* user who has provided an e-mail address.
			*/
			public const Autopromote = [
			'default' => [
			'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
			[ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, null ], / NOTE: null means $wgAutoConfirmCount
			[ APCOND_AGE, null ], / NOTE: null means AutoConfirmAge
			],
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
			*
			* Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
			* Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
			*
			* The format is:
			*
			* ```
			* [ event => criteria, ... ]
			* ```
			*
			* The only recognised value for event is 'onEdit' (when the user edits).
			*
			* Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
			*
			* @see self::Autopromote
			* @since 1.18
			*/
			public const AutopromoteOnce = [
			'default' => [ 'onEdit' => [], ],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
			*
			* @since 1.18
			*/
			public const AutopromoteOnceLogInRC = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
			* can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
			*
			* Example:
			* Bureaucrats can add any group:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
			* ```
			*
			* Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
			* ```
			*
			* Sysops can make bots:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
			* ```
			*
			* Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
			* ```
			*/
			public const AddGroups = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* @see self::AddGroups
			*/
			public const RemoveGroups = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
			* Rights in this list are denied unless explicitly granted, typically
			* using GroupPermissions.
			*
			* For extensions only.
			*
			* @see self::GroupPermissions
			* @see self::ImplicitRights
			*/
			public const AvailableRights = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ],
			];

			/**
			* A list of implicit rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
			* Rights in this list are granted implicitly to all users, but rate limits
			* may apply to them.
			*
			* Extensions that define rate limits should add the corresponding right to
			* either ImplicitRights or AvailableRights, depending on whether the right
			* should be granted to everyone.
			*
			* @since 1.41
			* @see self::RateLimits
			* @see self::AvailableRights
			*/
			public const ImplicitRights = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ]
			];

			/**
			* Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
			* to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
			*/
			public const DeleteRevisionsLimit = [
			'default' => 0,
			];

			/**
			* Page deletions with > this number of revisions will use the job queue.
			*
			* Revisions will be archived in batches of (at most) this size, one batch per job.
			*/
			public const DeleteRevisionsBatchSize = [
			'default' => 1000,
			];

			/**
			* The maximum number of edits a user can have and
			* can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
			*
			* This is limited for performance reason.
			* Set to false to disable the limit.
			*
			* @since 1.23
			*/
			public const HideUserContribLimit = [
			'default' => 1000,
			];

			/**
			* Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
			* / no more than 100 per month
			* [
			* 'count' => 100,
			* 'seconds' => 30*86400,
			* ],
			* / no more than 10 per day
			* [
			* 'count' => 10,
			* 'seconds' => 86400,
			* ],
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* @note For backwards compatibility reasons, this may also be given as a single
			* integer, representing the number of account creations per day.
			* @see self::TempAccountCreationThrottle for the temporary accounts version of
			* this throttle
			* @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
			*/
			public const AccountCreationThrottle = [
			'default' => [ [
			'count' => 0,
			'seconds' => 86400,
			] ],
			'type' => 'int\|list',
			];

			/**
			* Number of temporary accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgTempAccountCreationThrottle = [
			* / no more than 100 per month
			* [
			* 'count' => 100,
			* 'seconds' => 30*86400,
			* ],
			* / no more than 6 per day
			* [
			* 'count' => 6,
			* 'seconds' => 86400,
			* ],
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* @see self::AccountCreationThrottle for the regular account version of this throttle.
			* @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
			*
			* @since 1.42
			*/
			public const TempAccountCreationThrottle = [
			'default' => [ [
			'count' => 6,
			'seconds' => 86400,
			] ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Number of temporary accounts usernames each IP address may acquire per specified period(s).
			*
			* This should be set to a higher value than TempAccountCreationThrottle.
			*
			* On editing, we first attempt to acquire a temp username before proceeding with saving an edit
			* and potentially creating a temp account if the edit save is successful.
			*
			* Some edits may fail (due to core or extensions denying an edit); this throttle ensures that
			* there are limits to the number of temporary account names that can be acquired and stored in
			* the database.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgTempAccountNameAcquisitionThrottle = [
			* / no more than 100 per month
			* [
			* 'count' => 100,
			* 'seconds' => 30*86400,
			* ],
			* / no more than 60 per day
			* [
			* 'count' => 60,
			* 'seconds' => 86400,
			* ],
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* @see self::TempAccountCreationThrottle Make sure that TempAccountNameAcquisitionThrottle is greater than or
			* equal to TempAccountCreationThrottle
			* @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
			*
			* @since 1.42
			*/
			public const TempAccountNameAcquisitionThrottle = [
			'default' => [ [
			'count' => 60,
			'seconds' => 86400,
			] ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
			* will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
			*
			* There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
			* May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
			*
			* @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
			* @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
			*/
			public const SpamRegex = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Same as SpamRegex except for edit summaries
			*/
			public const SummarySpamRegex = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
			* proxies
			*
			* @since 1.16
			*/
			public const EnableDnsBlacklist = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
			*
			* This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
			* the blacklist require a key).
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
			* / String containing URL
			* 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
			* / Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
			* [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
			* / Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
			* / just use a string as shown above
			* [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
			* eventual domain search suffixes.
			* @since 1.16
			*/
			public const DnsBlacklistUrls = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* List of banned IP addresses.
			*
			* This can have the following formats:
			* - An array of addresses
			* - A string, in which case this is the path to a file
			* containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
			*/
			public const ProxyList = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'string\|list',
			];

			/**
			* Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
			* what the other methods might say.
			*/
			public const ProxyWhitelist = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
			* creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
			* shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
			*
			* @since 1.29
			*/
			public const SoftBlockRanges = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ],
			];

			/**
			* Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
			* IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
			* (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
			*/
			public const ApplyIpBlocksToXff = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
			*
			* Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
			* the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
			* elapses.
			*
			* Example:
			* Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
			*
			* ```
			* $wgRateLimits = [
			* 'edit' => [
			* 'anon' => [ x, y ], / any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
			* 'user' => [ x, y ], / each logged-in user
			* 'user-global' => [ x, y ], / per username, across all sites (assumes names are
			* global)
			* 'newbie' => [ x, y ], / each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
			* 'ip' => [ x, y ], / each anon and recent account, across all sites
			* 'subnet' => [ x, y ], / ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
			* 'ip-all' => [ x, y ], / per ip, across all sites
			* 'subnet-all' => [ x, y ], / ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
			* 'groupName' => [ x, y ], / by group membership
			* ]
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
			* limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
			* special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
			*
			* ```
			* $wgRateLimits = [
			* 'some-action' => [
			* '&can-bypass' => false,
			* 'user' => [ x, y ],
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* @see self::ImplicitRights
			* @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
			*/
			public const RateLimits = [
			'default' => [
			/ Page edits
			'edit' => [
			'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
			'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
			'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
			],
			/ Page moves
			'move' => [
			'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
			'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
			],
			/ File uploads
			'upload' => [
			'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
			'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
			],
			/ Page rollbacks
			'rollback' => [
			'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
			'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
			],
			/ Triggering password resets emails
			'mailpassword' => [
			'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
			],
			/ Emailing other users using MediaWiki
			'sendemail' => [
			'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
			'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
			'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
			],
			'changeemail' => [
			'ip-all' => [ 10, 3600 ],
			'user' => [ 4, 86400 ]
			],
			/ since 1.33 - rate limit email confirmations
			'confirmemail' => [
			'ip-all' => [ 10, 3600 ],
			'user' => [ 4, 86400 ]
			],
			/ Purging pages
			'purge' => [
			'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
			'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
			],
			/ Purges of link tables
			'linkpurge' => [
			'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
			'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
			],
			/ Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
			'renderfile' => [
			'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
			'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
			],
			/ Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
			'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
			'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
			'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
			],
			/ Stashing edits into cache before save
			'stashedit' => [
			'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
			'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
			],
			/ Stash base HTML for VE edits
			'stashbasehtml' => [
			'ip' => [ 5, 60 ],
			'newbie' => [ 5, 60 ],
			],
			/ Adding or removing change tags
			'changetags' => [
			'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
			'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
			],
			/ Changing the content model of a page
			'editcontentmodel' => [
			'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
			'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
			],
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			'mergeStrategy' => 'array_plus_2d',
			];

			/**
			* Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
			*
			* This may be useful for allowing NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
			*/
			public const RateLimitsExcludedIPs = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
			* extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
			* Used for retroactive autoblocks
			*/
			public const PutIPinRC = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Integer defining default number of entries to show on
			* special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
			*/
			public const QueryPageDefaultLimit = [
			'default' => 50,
			];

			/**
			* Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
			*
			* Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
			* (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
			* If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
			* just per account instead of per IP per account.
			*
			* @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
			* to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
			* @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
			*/
			public const PasswordAttemptThrottle = [
			'default' => [
			/ Short term limit
			[ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
			/ Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
			/ of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
			/ out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
			[ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
			],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
			* a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
			* The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
			* "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
			* account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
			* nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
			*
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const GrantPermissions = [
			'default' => [
			'basic' => [
			'autocreateaccount' => true,
			'autoconfirmed' => true,
			'autopatrol' => true,
			'editsemiprotected' => true,
			'ipblock-exempt' => true,
			'nominornewtalk' => true,
			'patrolmarks' => true,
			'read' => true,
			'unwatchedpages' => true,
			],
			'highvolume' => [
			'bot' => true,
			'apihighlimits' => true,
			'noratelimit' => true,
			'markbotedits' => true,
			],
			'import' => [
			'import' => true,
			'importupload' => true,
			],
			'editpage' => [
			'edit' => true,
			'minoredit' => true,
			'applychangetags' => true,
			'changetags' => true,
			'editcontentmodel' => true,
			'pagelang' => true,
			],
			'editprotected' => [
			'edit' => true,
			'minoredit' => true,
			'applychangetags' => true,
			'changetags' => true,
			'editcontentmodel' => true,
			'editprotected' => true,
			],
			'editmycssjs' => [
			'edit' => true,
			'minoredit' => true,
			'applychangetags' => true,
			'changetags' => true,
			'editcontentmodel' => true,
			'editmyusercss' => true,
			'editmyuserjson' => true,
			'editmyuserjs' => true,
			],
			'editmyoptions' => [
			'editmyoptions' => true,
			'editmyuserjson' => true,
			],
			'editinterface' => [
			'edit' => true,
			'minoredit' => true,
			'applychangetags' => true,
			'changetags' => true,
			'editcontentmodel' => true,
			'editinterface' => true,
			'edituserjson' => true,
			'editsitejson' => true,
			],
			'editsiteconfig' => [
			'edit' => true,
			'minoredit' => true,
			'applychangetags' => true,
			'changetags' => true,
			'editcontentmodel' => true,
			'editinterface' => true,
			'edituserjson' => true,
			'editsitejson' => true,
			'editusercss' => true,
			'edituserjs' => true,
			'editsitecss' => true,
			'editsitejs' => true,
			],
			'createeditmovepage' => [
			'edit' => true,
			'minoredit' => true,
			'applychangetags' => true,
			'changetags' => true,
			'editcontentmodel' => true,
			'createpage' => true,
			'createtalk' => true,
			'delete-redirect' => true,
			'move' => true,
			'move-rootuserpages' => true,
			'move-subpages' => true,
			'move-categorypages' => true,
			'suppressredirect' => true,
			],
			'uploadfile' => [
			'upload' => true,
			'reupload-own' => true,
			],
			'uploadeditmovefile' => [
			'upload' => true,
			'reupload-own' => true,
			'reupload' => true,
			'reupload-shared' => true,
			'upload_by_url' => true,
			'movefile' => true,
			'suppressredirect' => true,
			],
			'patrol' => [
			'patrol' => true,
			],
			'rollback' => [
			'rollback' => true,
			],
			'blockusers' => [
			'block' => true,
			'blockemail' => true,
			],
			'viewdeleted' => [
			'browsearchive' => true,
			'deletedhistory' => true,
			'deletedtext' => true,
			],
			'viewrestrictedlogs' => [
			'suppressionlog' => true,
			],
			'delete' => [
			'edit' => true,
			'minoredit' => true,
			'applychangetags' => true,
			'changetags' => true,
			'editcontentmodel' => true,
			'browsearchive' => true,
			'deletedhistory' => true,
			'deletedtext' => true,
			'delete' => true,
			'bigdelete' => true,
			'deletelogentry' => true,
			'deleterevision' => true,
			'undelete' => true,
			],
			'oversight' => [
			'suppressrevision' => true,
			'viewsuppressed' => true,
			],
			'protect' => [
			'edit' => true,
			'minoredit' => true,
			'applychangetags' => true,
			'changetags' => true,
			'editcontentmodel' => true,
			'editprotected' => true,
			'protect' => true,
			],
			'viewmywatchlist' => [
			'viewmywatchlist' => true,
			],
			'editmywatchlist' => [
			'editmywatchlist' => true,
			],
			'sendemail' => [
			'sendemail' => true,
			],
			'createaccount' => [
			'createaccount' => true,
			],
			'privateinfo' => [
			'viewmyprivateinfo' => true,
			],
			'mergehistory' => [
			'mergehistory' => true,
			],
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			'mergeStrategy' => 'array_plus_2d',
			'additionalProperties' => [
			'type' => 'map',
			'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'boolean', ],
			],
			];

			/**
			* Grant groups are used on some user interfaces to display conceptually
			* similar grants together.
			*
			* This configuration value should usually be set by extensions, not
			* site administrators.
			*
			* @see self::GrantPermissions
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const GrantPermissionGroups = [
			'default' =>
			[
			/ Hidden grants are implicitly present
			'basic' => 'hidden',

			'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
			'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
			'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
			'patrol' => 'page-interaction',

			'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
			'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',

			'sendemail' => 'email',

			'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
			'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',

			'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
			'editmyoptions' => 'customization',

			'editinterface' => 'administration',
			'editsiteconfig' => 'administration',
			'rollback' => 'administration',
			'blockusers' => 'administration',
			'delete' => 'administration',
			'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
			'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
			'protect' => 'administration',
			'oversight' => 'administration',
			'createaccount' => 'administration',
			'mergehistory' => 'administration',
			'import' => 'administration',

			'highvolume' => 'high-volume',

			'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'string', ],
			];

			/**
			* Group grants by risk level. Keys are grant names (i.e. keys from GrantPermissions),
			* values are GrantsInfo::RISK_* constants.
			*
			* Note that this classification is only informative; merely applying 'security' or 'internal'
			* to a grant won't prevent it from being available. It's used to give guidance to users
			* in various interfaces about the riskiness of the various grants.
			*
			* @since 1.42
			*/
			public const GrantRiskGroups = [
			'default' => [
			'basic' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW,
			'editpage' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW,
			'createeditmovepage' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW,
			'editprotected' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM,
			'patrol' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW,
			'uploadfile' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW,
			'uploadeditmovefile' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW,
			'sendemail' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY,
			'viewmywatchlist' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW,
			'editviewmywatchlist' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW,
			'editmycssjs' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY,
			'editmyoptions' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY,
			'editinterface' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM,
			'editsiteconfig' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY,
			'rollback' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW,
			'blockusers' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM,
			'delete' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM,
			'viewdeleted' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM,
			'viewrestrictedlogs' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY,
			'protect' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM,
			'oversight' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY,
			'createaccount' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW,
			'mergehistory' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM,
			'import' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY,
			'highvolume' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW,
			'privateinfo' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW,
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const EnableBotPasswords = [
			'default' => true,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Cluster for the bot_passwords table
			*
			* @since 1.27
			* @deprecated since 1.42 Use $wgVirtualDomainsMapping instead.
			*/
			public const BotPasswordsCluster = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'string\|false',
			];

			/**
			* Database name for the bot_passwords table
			*
			* To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
			* "{$database}-{$prefix}".
			*
			* @since 1.27
			* @deprecated since 1.42 Use $wgVirtualDomainsMapping instead.
			*/
			public const BotPasswordsDatabase = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'string\|false',
			];

			/ endregion -- end of user rights settings

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Security
			/** @name Security */

			/**
			* This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
			*/
			public const SecretKey = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Allow user Javascript page?
			* This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
			* increase security risk to users and server load.
			*/
			public const AllowUserJs = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
			* This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
			* increase security risk to users and server load.
			*/
			public const AllowUserCss = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Allow style-related user-preferences?
			*
			* This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
			* are available to users.
			*/
			public const AllowUserCssPrefs = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Use the site's Javascript page?
			*/
			public const UseSiteJs = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
			*/
			public const UseSiteCss = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
			* or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
			*/
			public const BreakFrames = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
			* attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
			* in a frame or iframe. The options are:
			*
			* - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
			*
			* - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
			* to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
			* is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
			*
			* - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
			* full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
			* corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
			* recommended.
			*
			* For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
			* not just edit pages.
			*/
			public const EditPageFrameOptions = [
			'default' => 'DENY',
			];

			/**
			* Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
			* header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
			* framed can compromise your user's account security.
			*
			* Options are:
			* - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
			* - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
			* - false: Allow all framing.
			* Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
			*/
			public const ApiFrameOptions = [
			'default' => 'DENY',
			];

			/**
			* Controls Content-Security-Policy header
			*
			* @warning May cause slowness on Windows due to slow random number generator.
			*
			* @unstable EXPERIMENTAL
			* @since 1.32
			* @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
			*/
			public const CSPHeader = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'false\|object',
			];

			/**
			* Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
			*
			* @since 1.32
			*/
			public const CSPReportOnlyHeader = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'false\|object',
			];

			/**
			* List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
			* but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
			* software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
			*
			* List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
			*
			* @since 1.28
			*/
			public const CSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
			'default' => [
			'https://3hub.co' => true,
			'https://morepro.info' => true,
			'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
			'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
			'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
			'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
			'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
			'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
			'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
			'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
			'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
			'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
			'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js?fusion=1.0' => true,
			'https://t.lkqd.net/t' => true,
			'chrome-extension' => true,
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Allow anonymous cross origin requests to the REST API.
			*
			* This should be disabled for intranet sites (sites behind a firewall).
			*
			* @since 1.36
			*/
			public const AllowCrossOrigin = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Allows authenticated cross-origin requests to the REST API with session cookies.
			*
			* With this option enabled, any origin specified in $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains may send session
			* cookies for authorization in the REST API.
			*
			* There is a performance impact by enabling this option. Therefore, it should be left disabled
			* for most wikis and clients should instead use OAuth to make cross-origin authenticated
			* requests.
			*
			* @see https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Allow-Credentials
			* @since 1.36
			*/
			public const RestAllowCrossOriginCookieAuth = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Secret for session storage.
			*
			* This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise $wgSecretKey will
			* be used.
			*
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const SessionSecret = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/ endregion -- end of security

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Cookie settings
			/** @name Cookie settings */

			/**
			* Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
			*/
			public const CookieExpiration = [
			'default' => 30 * 86400,
			];

			/**
			* Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
			* $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
			* calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
			* login cookies session-only.
			*/
			public const ExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = [
			'default' => 180 * 86400,
			];

			/**
			* Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
			* or ".any.subdomain.net"
			*/
			public const CookieDomain = [
			'default' => '',
			];

			/**
			* Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
			* the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
			*/
			public const CookiePath = [
			'default' => '/',
			];

			/**
			* Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
			* - true: Set secure flag
			* - false: Don't set secure flag
			* - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL,
			* or if $wgForceHTTPS is true.
			*
			* If $wgForceHTTPS is true, session cookies will be secure regardless of this
			* setting. However, other cookies will still be affected.
			*/
			public const CookieSecure = [
			'default' => 'detect',
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ForceHTTPS' ] ]
			];

			public static function getDefaultCookieSecure( $forceHTTPS ): bool {
			return $forceHTTPS \|\| ( WebRequest::detectProtocol() === 'https' );
			}

			/**
			* Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
			* to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
			* name to be used as a prefix.
			*/
			public const CookiePrefix = [
			'default' => false,
			'dynamicDefault' => [
			'use' => [ 'SharedDB', 'SharedPrefix', 'SharedTables', 'DBname', 'DBprefix' ]
			],
			];

			public static function getDefaultCookiePrefix(
			$sharedDB, $sharedPrefix, $sharedTables, $dbName, $dbPrefix
			): string {
			if ( $sharedDB && in_array( 'user', $sharedTables ) ) {
			return $sharedDB . ( $sharedPrefix ? "_$sharedPrefix" : '' );
			}
			return $dbName . ( $dbPrefix ? "_$dbPrefix" : '' );
			}

			/**
			* Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
			* in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
			* XSS attack.
			*/
			public const CookieHttpOnly = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* The SameSite cookie attribute used for login cookies. This can be "Lax",
			* "Strict", "None" or empty/null to omit the attribute.
			*
			* This only applies to login cookies, since the correct value for other
			* cookies depends on what kind of cookie it is.
			*
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const CookieSameSite = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/**
			* A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
			*/
			public const CacheVaryCookies = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Override to customise the session name
			*/
			public const SessionName = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
			* after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will
			* contain an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block
			* ID (in which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted
			* users, so it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
			*/
			public const CookieSetOnAutoblock = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked
			* user, even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
			* an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
			* which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users,
			* so it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
			*/
			public const CookieSetOnIpBlock = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/ endregion -- end of cookie settings

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Profiling, testing and debugging
			/** @name Profiling, testing and debugging */
			/ See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.

			/**
			* Enable verbose debug logging for all channels and log levels.
			*
			* See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
			*
			* For static requests, this enables all channels and warning-level and
			* above only. Use $wgDebugRawPage to make those verbose as well.
			*
			* The debug log file should be not be web-accessible if it is used in
			* a production environment, as may contain private data.
			*/
			public const DebugLogFile = [
			'default' => '',
			];

			/**
			* Prefix for debug log lines
			*/
			public const DebugLogPrefix = [
			'default' => '',
			];

			/**
			* If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
			* destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
			* resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
			*/
			public const DebugRedirects = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* If true, debug logging is also enabled for load.php and action=raw requests.
			*
			* By default, $wgDebugLogFile enables all channels and warning-level and
			* above for static requests.
			*
			* This ensures that the debug log is likely a chronological record of
			* of specific web request you are debugging, instead of overlapping with
			* messages from static requests, which would make it unclear which message
			* originated from what request.
			*
			* Also, during development this can make browsing and JavaScript testing
			* considerably slower (T85805).
			*/
			public const DebugRawPage = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
			*
			* This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
			* It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
			* output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
			* for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
			*/
			public const DebugComments = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Write SQL queries to the debug log.
			*
			* This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
			* '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple'; otherwise the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in
			* the 'flags' option of the database connection to achieve the same functionality.
			*/
			public const DebugDumpSql = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Performance expectations for DB usage
			*
			* @since 1.26
			*/
			public const TrxProfilerLimits = [
			'default' => [
			/ HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
			/ Primary queries should not happen on GET requests
			'GET' => [
			'masterConns' => 0,
			'writes' => 0,
			'readQueryTime' => 5,
			'readQueryRows' => 10000
			],
			/ HTTP POST requests.
			/ Primary reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
			'POST' => [
			'readQueryTime' => 5,
			'writeQueryTime' => 1,
			'readQueryRows' => 100_000,
			'maxAffected' => 1000
			],
			'POST-nonwrite' => [
			'writes' => 0,
			'readQueryTime' => 5,
			'readQueryRows' => 10000
			],
			/ Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
			'PostSend-GET' => [
			'readQueryTime' => 5,
			'writeQueryTime' => 1,
			'readQueryRows' => 10000,
			'maxAffected' => 1000,
			/ Log primary queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
			'masterConns' => 0,
			'writes' => 0,
			],
			/ Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
			'PostSend-POST' => [
			'readQueryTime' => 5,
			'writeQueryTime' => 1,
			'readQueryRows' => 100_000,
			'maxAffected' => 1000
			],
			/ Background job runner
			'JobRunner' => [
			'readQueryTime' => 30,
			'writeQueryTime' => 5,
			'readQueryRows' => 100_000,
			'maxAffected' => 500 / ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
			],
			/ Command-line scripts
			'Maintenance' => [
			'writeQueryTime' => 5,
			'maxAffected' => 1000
			]
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Map of string log group names to log destinations.
			*
			* If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
			* of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
			* in production.
			*
			* Log destinations may be one of the following:
			* - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
			* - string values specifying a filename or URI.
			* - associative array with keys:
			* - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
			* - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
			* - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
			* to log (optional, since 1.25)
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
			* ```
			*
			* Advanced example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
			* 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
			* 'sample' => 1000, / log 1 message out of every 1,000.
			* 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
			* ];
			* ```
			*/
			public const DebugLogGroups = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
			*
			* The value should be an array suitable for use with
			* ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
			* implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
			* details.
			*
			* Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
			* be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
			* and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
			*
			* To completely disable logging:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
			* ```
			*
			* @since 1.25
			* @see \MwLogger
			*/
			public const MWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
			'default' => [ 'class' => 'MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi', ],
			'mergeStrategy' => 'replace',
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
			*
			* Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
			*/
			public const ShowDebug = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
			*/
			public const SpecialVersionShowHooks = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Show exception message and stack trace when printing details about uncaught exceptions
			* in web response output.
			*
			* This may reveal private information in error messages or function parameters.
			* If set to false, only the exception type or class name will be exposed.
			*/
			public const ShowExceptionDetails = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
			*/
			public const LogExceptionBacktrace = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
			* after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
			*/
			public const PropagateErrors = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
			*/
			public const ShowHostnames = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
			*
			* Should be a string, default false.
			*
			* @since 1.20
			*/
			public const OverrideHostname = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
			* conditions and for deprecated functions.
			*/
			public const DevelopmentWarnings = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
			* development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
			* after the limit.
			*/
			public const DeprecationReleaseLimit = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Profiler configuration.
			*
			* To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSettings.php.
			*
			* Options:
			*
			* - 'class' (`string`): The Profiler subclass to use.
			* Default: ProfilerStub.
			* - 'sampling' (`integer`): Only enable the profiler on one in this many requests.
			* For requests that are not in the sampling,
			* the 'class' option will be replaced with ProfilerStub.
			* Default: `1`.
			* - 'threshold' (`float`): Only process the recorded data if the total elapsed
			* time for a request is more than this number of seconds.
			* Default: `0.0`.
			* - 'output' (`string\|string[]`): ProfilerOutput subclass or subclasess to use.
			* Default: `[]`.
			*
			* The options array is passed in its entirety to the specified
			* Profiler `class`. Check individual Profiler subclasses for additional
			* options that may be available.
			*
			* Profiler subclasses available in MediaWiki core:
			*
			* - ProfilerXhprof: Based on XHProf or Tideways-XHProf.
			* - ProfilerExcimer: Based on Excimer.
			* - ProfilerSectionOnly
			*
			* Profiler output classes available in MediaWiki:
			*
			* - ProfilerOutputText: outputs profiling data in the web page body as
			* a comment. You can make the profiling data in HTML render visibly
			* instead by setting the 'visible' configuration flag.
			*
			* - ProfilerOutputStats: outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics.
			* It expects that $wgStatsdServer is set to the host (or host:port)
			* of a statsd server.
			*
			* - ProfilerOutputDump: outputs dump files that are compatible
			* with the XHProf gui. It expects that `$wgProfiler['outputDir']`
			* is set as well.
			*
			* Examples:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgProfiler = [
			* 'class' => ProfilerXhprof::class,
			* 'output' => ProfilerOutputText::class,
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* ```
			* $wgProfiler = [
			* 'class' => ProfilerXhprof::class,
			* 'output' => [ ProfilerOutputText::class ],
			* 'sampling' => 50, / one in every 50 requests
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
			* could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the `--profiler`
			* parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
			*
			* @since 1.17.0
			*/
			public const Profiler = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			'mergeStrategy' => 'replace',
			];

			/**
			* Destination of statsd metrics.
			*
			* A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
			*
			* If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
			*
			* @see MediaWiki::emitBufferedStatsdData()
			* @since 1.25
			*/
			public const StatsdServer = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
			*
			* @see \MediaWiki\MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getStatsdDataFactory
			* @see \Wikimedia\Stats\BufferingStatsdDataFactory
			* @since 1.25
			*/
			public const StatsdMetricPrefix = [
			'default' => 'MediaWiki',
			];

			/**
			* Stats output target URI e.g. udp://127.0.0.1:8125
			*
			* If null, metrics will not be sent.
			* Note: this only affects metrics instantiated by the StatsFactory service
			*
			* @since 1.38
			*/
			public const StatsTarget = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/**
			* Stats output format
			*
			* If null, metrics will not be rendered nor sent.
			* Note: this only affects metrics instantiated by the StatsFactory service
			*
			* @see \Wikimedia\Stats\OutputFormats::SUPPORTED_FORMATS
			* @since 1.41
			*/
			public const StatsFormat = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/**
			* Stats service name prefix
			*
			* Required. Must not be zero-length.
			* Defaults to: 'mediawiki'
			* Note: this only affects metrics instantiated by the StatsFactory service
			*
			* @since 1.41
			*/
			public const StatsPrefix = [
			'default' => 'mediawiki',
			'type' => 'string',
			];

			/**
			* Configuration for OpenTelemetry instrumentation, or `null` to disable it.
			* Possible keys:
			* - `samplingProbability`: probability in % of sampling a trace for which no sampling decision has been
			* taken yet. Must be between 0 and 100.
			* - `serviceName`: name of the service being instrumented.
			* - `endpoint`: URL of the OpenTelemetry collector to send trace data to.
			* This has to be an endpoint accepting OTLP data over HTTP (not gRPC).
			*
			* An example config to send data to a local OpenTelemetry or Jaeger collector instance:
			* ```
			* $wgOpenTelemetryConfig = [
			* 'samplingProbability' => 0.1,
			* 'serviceName' => 'mediawiki-local',
			* 'endpoint' => 'http://127.0.0.1:4318/v1/traces',
			* ];
			* ```
			* @since 1.43
			*/
			public const OpenTelemetryConfig = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => 'map\|null'
			];

			/**
			* InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
			*
			* This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
			* templates.
			*/
			public const PageInfoTransclusionLimit = [
			'default' => 50,
			];

			/**
			* Allow running of QUnit tests via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]].
			*/
			public const EnableJavaScriptTest = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
			*
			* @since 1.19
			*/
			public const CachePrefix = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
			* queries and other useful output.
			*
			* Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseCdn is enabled.
			*
			* @since 1.19
			*/
			public const DebugToolbar = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/ endregion -- end of profiling, testing and debugging

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Search
			/** @name Search */

			/**
			* Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
			*/
			public const DisableTextSearch = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
			* by default off due to execution overhead
			*/
			public const AdvancedSearchHighlighting = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
			* should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
			*/
			public const SearchHighlightBoundaries = [
			'default' => '[\\p{Z}\\p{P}\\p{C}]',
			];

			/**
			* Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
			*
			* Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
			* PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
			*
			* Placeholders: {searchTerms}
			*/
			public const OpenSearchTemplates = [
			'default' => [
			'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
			'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* This was previously a used to force empty responses from ApiOpenSearch
			* with the 'suggest' parameter set.
			*
			* @deprecated since 1.35 No longer used
			*/
			public const EnableOpenSearchSuggest = [
			'default' => true,
			'obsolete' => 'Since 1.35, no longer used',
			'description' => 'Has been emitting warnings since 1.39 (LTS). ' .
			'Can be removed completely in 1.44, assuming 1.43 is an LTS release.'
			];

			/**
			* Integer defining default number of entries to show on
			* OpenSearch call.
			*/
			public const OpenSearchDefaultLimit = [
			'default' => 10,
			];

			/**
			* Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of
			* sentence.
			*/
			public const OpenSearchDescriptionLength = [
			'default' => 100,
			];

			/**
			* Expiry time for search suggestion responses
			*/
			public const SearchSuggestCacheExpiry = [
			'default' => 1200,
			];

			/**
			* If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
			* table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
			*/
			public const DisableSearchUpdate = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* List of namespaces which are searched by default.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
			* $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
			* ```
			*/
			public const NamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
			'default' => [ NS_MAIN => true, ],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
			* implemented by an extension instead.
			*/
			public const DisableInternalSearch = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
			*
			* If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
			* search term. Before using this, $wgDisableTextSearch must be set to true.
			*
			* Example:
			* To forward to Google you'd have something like:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgSearchForwardUrl =
			* 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
			* '&domains=https://example.com' .
			* '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
			* '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
			* ```
			*/
			public const SearchForwardUrl = [
			'default' => null,
			];

			/**
			* Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
			* maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
			* generated for all namespaces.
			*/
			public const SitemapNamespaces = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'false\|list',
			];

			/**
			* Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
			* set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
			* maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
			*
			* This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
			* NS_USER => '0.9',
			* NS_HELP => '0.0',
			* ];
			* ```
			*/
			public const SitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'false\|map',
			];

			/**
			* If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
			* contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
			* [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
			*/
			public const EnableSearchContributorsByIP = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Options for Special:Search completion widget form created by SearchFormWidget class.
			*
			* Settings that can be used:
			* - showDescriptions: true/false - whether to show opensearch description results
			* - performSearchOnClick: true/false - whether to perform search on click
			* See also TitleWidget.js UI widget.
			*
			* @since 1.34
			*/
			public const SpecialSearchFormOptions = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Set true to allow logged-in users to set a preference whether or not matches in
			* search results should force redirection to that page. If false, the preference is
			* not exposed and cannot be altered from site default. To change your site's default
			* preference, set via $wgDefaultUserOptions['search-match-redirect'].
			*
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const SearchMatchRedirectPreference = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
			* these suggestions.
			*
			* @since 1.26
			*/
			public const SearchRunSuggestedQuery = [
			'default' => true,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/ endregion -- end of search settings

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Edit user interface
			/** @name Edit user interface */

			/**
			* Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
			* fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
			*/
			public const Diff3 = [
			'default' => '/usr/bin/diff3',
			];

			/**
			* Path to the GNU diff utility.
			*/
			public const Diff = [
			'default' => '/usr/bin/diff',
			];

			/**
			* Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
			* Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
			* can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
			*/
			public const PreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
			'default' => [
			NS_CATEGORY => true
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
			* (currently only Firefox with an extension)
			* See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
			*/
			public const UniversalEditButton = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
			* will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
			* ting this variable false.
			*/
			public const UseAutomaticEditSummaries = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/ endregion -- end edit UI

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Maintenance
			/** @name Maintenance */
			/ See also $wgSiteNotice

			/**
			* For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
			*/
			public const CommandLineDarkBg = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
			* used as an explanation to users.
			*
			* This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
			* still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
			* option in MySQL.
			*/
			public const ReadOnly = [
			'default' => null,
			];

			/**
			* Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
			*
			* @since 1.31
			*/
			public const ReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
			*
			* Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
			* message.
			*
			* Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
			*/
			public const ReadOnlyFile = [
			'default' => false,
			'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'UploadDirectory' ] ]
			];

			/**
			* @param mixed $uploadDirectory Value of UploadDirectory
			* @return string
			*/
			public static function getDefaultReadOnlyFile( $uploadDirectory ): string {
			return "$uploadDirectory/lock_yBgMBwiR";
			}

			/**
			* When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
			* this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
			* used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
			*
			* For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
			* by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
			* delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
			*/
			public const UpgradeKey = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Fully specified path to git binary
			*/
			public const GitBin = [
			'default' => '/usr/bin/git',
			];

			/**
			* Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
			*
			* Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
			* without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
			* The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
			* %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
			* full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
			* %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
			* %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
			*
			* @since 1.20
			*/
			public const GitRepositoryViewers = [
			'default' => [
			'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' => 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
			'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' => 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/ endregion -- End of maintenance

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
			/** @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history */

			/**
			* Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
			* seconds will go.
			*
			* Default: 90 days = about three months
			*/
			public const RCMaxAge = [
			'default' => 90 * 24 * 3600,
			];

			/**
			* Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
			*
			* Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
			*
			* @since 1.26
			*/
			public const WatchersMaxAge = [
			'default' => 180 * 24 * 3600,
			];

			/**
			* If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
			*
			* Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
			* Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
			*
			* @since 1.26
			*/
			public const UnwatchedPageSecret = [
			'default' => 1,
			];

			/**
			* Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
			* higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
			* because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
			* reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
			* is still there.
			*/
			public const RCFilterByAge = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
			* Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
			*/
			public const RCLinkLimits = [
			'default' => [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
			* Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
			*
			* @see \MediaWiki\SpecialPage\ChangesListSpecialPage::getLinkDays
			*/
			public const RCLinkDays = [
			'default' => [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
			*
			* The following feed classes are available by default:
			* - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
			* - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
			*
			* Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
			* RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
			* passed to the constructor.
			*
			* Common options:
			* - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
			* - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
			* - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
			* - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
			* - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
			* - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
			*
			* FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
			* - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
			* The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
			* to determine which FormattedRCFeed class to use.
			* - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
			* produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
			* Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
			* IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
			*
			* IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
			* - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
			* the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array
			*
			* JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
			* - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
			*
			* Examples:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
			* 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
			* 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
			* 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
			* 'omit_bots' => true,
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* ```
			* $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
			* 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
			* 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
			* 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
			* 'omit_bots' => true,
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* ```
			* $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
			* 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* @since 1.22
			*/
			public const RCFeeds = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
			*
			* Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
			*
			* @since 1.22
			*/
			public const RCEngines = [
			'default' => [
			'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
			'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
			*
			* Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
			* - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
			* - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
			* - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
			* - deletion: nothing is mentioned
			* - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
			*
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const RCWatchCategoryMembership = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
			* New pages and new files are included.
			*
			* @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
			* remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
			* Special:Log.
			*/
			public const UseRCPatrol = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
			* of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
			*
			* 0 to disable completely.
			*/
			public const StructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = [
			'default' => 3,
			];

			/**
			* Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
			*
			* @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
			* remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
			* Special:Log.
			*/
			public const UseNPPatrol = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
			*
			* @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
			* remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
			* Special:Log.
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const UseFilePatrol = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
			*/
			public const Feed = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
			* eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
			*/
			public const FeedLimit = [
			'default' => 50,
			];

			/**
			* _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
			*
			* A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
			* are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
			*
			* If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
			* feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
			*/
			public const FeedCacheTimeout = [
			'default' => 60,
			];

			/**
			* When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
			* pages larger than this size.
			*/
			public const FeedDiffCutoff = [
			'default' => 32768,
			];

			/**
			* Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
			* every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
			* instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
			*
			* Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
			* as value.
			*
			* Example:
			* Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
			*
			* ```
			* $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
			* ```
			*/
			public const OverrideSiteFeed = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Available feeds objects.
			*
			* Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
			* $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
			*/
			public const FeedClasses = [
			'default' => [
			'rss' => \MediaWiki\Feed\RSSFeed::class,
			'atom' => \MediaWiki\Feed\AtomFeed::class,
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
			* 'atom', neither, or both.
			*/
			public const AdvertisedFeedTypes = [
			'default' => [ 'atom', ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
			*/
			public const RCShowWatchingUsers = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
			*/
			public const RCShowChangedSize = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* If the difference between the character counts of the text
			* before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
			* highlighted on the RC page.
			*/
			public const RCChangedSizeThreshold = [
			'default' => 500,
			];

			/**
			* Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
			* view for watched pages with new changes
			*/
			public const ShowUpdatedMarker = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
			* pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
			*/
			public const DisableAnonTalk = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
			* Has no effect if no tags are defined.
			*/
			public const UseTagFilter = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* List of core tags to enable.
			*
			* @since 1.31
			* @since 1.36 Added 'mw-manual-revert' and 'mw-reverted'
			* @see \ChangeTags::TAG_CONTENT_MODEL_CHANGE
			* @see \ChangeTags::TAG_NEW_REDIRECT
			* @see \ChangeTags::TAG_REMOVED_REDIRECT
			* @see \ChangeTags::TAG_CHANGED_REDIRECT_TARGET
			* @see \ChangeTags::TAG_BLANK
			* @see \ChangeTags::TAG_REPLACE
			* @see \ChangeTags::TAG_ROLLBACK
			* @see \ChangeTags::TAG_UNDO
			* @see \ChangeTags::TAG_MANUAL_REVERT
			* @see \ChangeTags::TAG_REVERTED
			* @see \ChangeTags::TAG_SERVER_SIDE_UPLOAD
			*/
			public const SoftwareTags = [
			'default' => [
			'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
			'mw-new-redirect' => true,
			'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
			'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
			'mw-blank' => true,
			'mw-replace' => true,
			'mw-rollback' => true,
			'mw-undo' => true,
			'mw-manual-revert' => true,
			'mw-reverted' => true,
			'mw-server-side-upload' => true,
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'boolean', ],
			];

			/**
			* If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
			* will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
			* watchers.
			*
			* @since 1.21
			*/
			public const UnwatchedPageThreshold = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
			* certain types of edits.
			*
			* To register a new one:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
			* / message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
			* 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
			* / message for the tooltip of the letter
			* 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
			* / optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
			* 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
			* / optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
			* 'class' => 'css-class',
			* / optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
			* / will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
			* / only be set if all lines contain the flag.
			* 'grouping' => 'any',
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* @since 1.22
			*/
			public const RecentChangesFlags = [
			'default' => [
			'newpage' => [
			'letter' => 'newpageletter',
			'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
			'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
			'grouping' => 'any',
			],
			'minor' => [
			'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
			'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
			'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
			'class' => 'minoredit',
			'grouping' => 'all',
			],
			'bot' => [
			'letter' => 'boteditletter',
			'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
			'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
			'class' => 'botedit',
			'grouping' => 'all',
			],
			'unpatrolled' => [
			'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
			'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
			'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
			'grouping' => 'any',
			],
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Whether to enable the watchlist expiry feature.
			*
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const WatchlistExpiry = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Chance of expired watchlist items being purged on any page edit.
			*
			* Only has effect if $wgWatchlistExpiry is true.
			*
			* If this is zero, expired watchlist items will not be removed
			* and the purgeExpiredWatchlistItems.php maintenance script should be run periodically.
			*
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const WatchlistPurgeRate = [
			'default' => 0.1,
			'type' => 'float',
			];

			/**
			* Relative maximum duration for watchlist expiries, as accepted by strtotime().
			*
			* This relates to finite watchlist expiries only. Pages can be watched indefinitely
			* regardless of what this is set to.
			*
			* This is used to ensure the watchlist_expiry table doesn't grow to be too big.
			*
			* Only has effect if $wgWatchlistExpiry is true.
			*
			* Set to null to allow expiries of any duration.
			*
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const WatchlistExpiryMaxDuration = [
			'default' => '1 year',
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/ endregion -- end RC/watchlist

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Copyright and credits settings
			/** @name Copyright and credits settings */

			/**
			* Override for copyright metadata.
			*
			* This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
			* which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
			* $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
			*/
			public const RightsPage = [
			'default' => null,
			];

			/**
			* Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
			* wiki.
			*
			* If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
			*/
			public const RightsUrl = [
			'default' => null,
			];

			/**
			* If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for
			* the link. Otherwise, it will be treated as raw HTML.
			*
			* If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the
			* name
			* of the page will also be used as the link text if this variable is not set.
			*/
			public const RightsText = [
			'default' => null,
			];

			/**
			* Override for copyright metadata.
			*/
			public const RightsIcon = [
			'default' => null,
			];

			/**
			* Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
			*/
			public const UseCopyrightUpload = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
			* article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
			* number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
			* database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
			* large wikis.
			*/
			public const MaxCredits = [
			'default' => 0,
			];

			/**
			* If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
			*
			* Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
			*/
			public const ShowCreditsIfMax = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/ endregion -- end of copyright and credits settings

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Import / Export
			/** @name Import / Export */

			/**
			* List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
			* Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
			* imported, these should be 'trusted'.
			*
			* This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
			* subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
			* e.g.
			*
			* ```
			* $wgImportSources = [
			* 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
			* 'wikispecies',
			* 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
			* the ImportSources hook.
			*
			* If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
			* they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
			*/
			public const ImportSources = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
			*
			* Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
			* Set to numeric key, not the name.
			*
			* Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
			*/
			public const ImportTargetNamespace = [
			'default' => null,
			];

			/**
			* If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
			*
			* This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
			* disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
			*/
			public const ExportAllowHistory = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
			* more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
			* could get bogged down by very very long pages.
			*/
			public const ExportMaxHistory = [
			'default' => 0,
			];

			/**
			* Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
			*/
			public const ExportAllowListContributors = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
			* up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
			* pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
			* can become really really large and could easily break your wiki,
			* it's disabled by default for now.
			*
			* @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
			* crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
			* high. In other words, last resort safety net.
			*/
			public const ExportMaxLinkDepth = [
			'default' => 0,
			];

			/**
			* Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
			*/
			public const ExportFromNamespaces = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
			*/
			public const ExportAllowAll = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
			* GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
			*
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const ExportPagelistLimit = [
			'default' => 5000,
			];

			/**
			* The schema to use by default when generating XML dumps. This allows sites to control
			* explicitly when to make breaking changes to their export and dump format.
			*/
			public const XmlDumpSchemaVersion = [
			'default' => XML_DUMP_SCHEMA_VERSION_11,
			];

			/ endregion -- end of import/export

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Wiki Farm
			/** @name Wiki Farm */

			/**
			* A directory that contains site-specific configuration files.
			*
			* Setting this will enable multi-tenant ("wiki farm") mode, causing
			* site-specific settings to be loaded based on information from the web request.
			*
			* @unstable EXPERIMENTAL
			* @since 1.38
			*/
			public const WikiFarmSettingsDirectory = [
			'default' => null
			];

			/**
			* The file extension to be used when looking up site-specific settings files in
			* $wgWikiFarmSettingsDirectory, such as 'json' or 'yaml'.
			*
			* @unstable EXPERIMENTAL
			* @since 1.38
			*/
			public const WikiFarmSettingsExtension = [
			'default' => 'yaml'
			];

			/ endregion -- End Wiki Farm

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Extensions
			/** @name Extensions */

			/**
			* A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
			* initialised
			*/
			public const ExtensionFunctions = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Extension messages files.
			*
			* Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
			* found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
			* present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
			* is the most common.
			*
			* Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
			* in the core.
			*
			* Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
			* messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
			* $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
			* any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
			*
			* Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
			* earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
			* by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
			* as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
			* ```
			*/
			public const ExtensionMessagesFiles = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Extension messages directories.
			*
			* Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
			* be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
			* en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
			* message directories.
			*
			* Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
			*
			* Simple example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
			* ```
			*
			* Complex example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
			* __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
			* __DIR__ . '/lib/ooui/i18n',
			* __DIR__ . '/i18n',
			* ]
			* ```
			*
			* @since 1.23
			*/
			public const MessagesDirs = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Message directories containing JSON files for localisation of special page aliases.
			*
			* Associative array mapping extension name to the directory where configurations can be
			* found. The directory is expected to contain JSON files corresponding to each language code.
			*
			* Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
			* in the core. We recommend using this configuration to set variables that require localisation:
			* special page aliases, and in the future namespace aliases and magic words.
			*
			* Simple example: extension.json
			* ```
			* "TranslationAliasesDirs": {
			* "TranslationNotificationsAlias": "i18n/aliases"
			* }
			* ```
			* Complex example: extension.json
			* ```
			* "TranslationAliasesDirs": {
			* "TranslationNotificationsAlias": [ "i18n/special-page-aliases", "i18n/magic-words", "i18n/namespaces" ]
			* }
			* ```
			*
			* @unstable EXPERIMENTAL
			* @since 1.42
			*/
			public const TranslationAliasesDirs = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
			* maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
			*
			* @since 1.22
			*/
			public const ExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
			*/
			public const EnableParserLimitReporting = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* List of valid skin names
			*
			* The key should be the name in all lower case.
			*
			* As of 1.35, the value should be a an array in the form of the ObjectFactory specification.
			*
			* For example for 'foobarskin' where the PHP class is 'MediaWiki\Skins\FooBar\FooBarSkin' set:
			*
			* skin.json Example:
			*
			* ```
			* "ValidSkinNames": {
			* "foobarskin": {
			* "displayname": "FooBarSkin",
			* "class": "MediaWiki\\Skins\\FooBar\\FooBarSkin"
			* }
			* }
			* ```
			*
			* Historically, the value was a properly cased name for the skin (and is still currently
			* supported). This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create the class name of the
			* skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor if you wish to have access to the
			* full list.
			*/
			public const ValidSkinNames = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
			* special pages to either a class name or a ObjectFactory spec to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
			* creating the special page object. In all cases, the result must be an instance of SpecialPage.
			*/
			public const SpecialPages = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Obsolete switch that controlled legacy case-insensitive classloading.
			*
			* Case-insensitive classloading was needed for loading data that had
			* been serialized by PHP 4 with the class names converted to lowercase.
			* It is no longer necessary since 1.31; the lowercase forms in question
			* are now listed in autoload.php (T166759).
			*
			* @deprecated since 1.35
			*/
			public const AutoloadAttemptLowercase = [
			'default' => false,
			'obsolete' => 'Since 1.40; no longer has any effect.',
			'description' => 'Has been emitting warnings since 1.39 (LTS). ' .
			'Can be removed completely in 1.44, assuming 1.43 is an LTS release.'
			];

			/**
			* Add information about an installed extension, keyed by its type.
			*
			* This is for use from LocalSettings.php and legacy PHP-entrypoint
			* extensions. In general, extensions should (only) declare this
			* information in their extension.json file.
			*
			* The 'name', 'path' and 'author' keys are required.
			*
			* ```
			* $wgExtensionCredits['other'][] = [
			* 'path' => __FILE__,
			* 'name' => 'Example extension',
			* 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
			* 'author' => [
			* 'Foo Barstein',
			* ],
			* 'version' => '0.0.1',
			* 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
			* 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
			* 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
			* named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
			* view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
			* interpreted as wikitext.
			*
			* - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
			* 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
			* ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
			*
			* - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
			* Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
			* the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
			* required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
			*
			* - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
			* extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
			* usually are.)
			*
			* - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
			* the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
			* "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
			* for instance "[https://example ...]".
			*
			* - descriptionmsg: A message key or an array with message key and parameters:
			* `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
			*
			* - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
			* localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
			*
			* - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
			* as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
			*
			* @see \MediaWiki\Specials\SpecialVersion::getCredits
			*/
			public const ExtensionCredits = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Global list of hooks.
			*
			* The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
			* a description for most of them in their respective hook interfaces. For
			* overview of the hook system see docs/Hooks.md. The array is used internally
			* by HookContainer::run().
			*
			* The value can be one of:
			*
			* - A function name: `$wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;`
			*
			* - A function with some data: `$wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];`
			*
			*
			* - A an object method: `$wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];`
			*
			* - A closure:
			* ```
			* $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
			* / Handler code goes here.
			* };
			* ```
			*
			* @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
			* deleting a previous registered hook.
			* @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
			* handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
			*/
			public const Hooks = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			'mergeStrategy' => 'array_merge_recursive',
			];

			/**
			* List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices. Each
			* file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names to
			* instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
			* However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices hook
			* for that.
			*
			* @note the default wiring file will be added automatically by Setup.php
			* @see \MediaWiki\MediaWikiServices
			* @see \Wikimedia\Services\ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading
			* service instantiator functions.
			* @see docs/Injection.md for an overview of dependency
			* injection in MediaWiki.
			*/
			public const ServiceWiringFiles = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
			* can add to this to provide custom jobs.
			*
			* Since 1.40, job handlers can be specified as object specs
			* for use with ObjectFactory, using an array, a plain class name,
			* or a callback.
			*
			* @note The constructor signature of job classes has to follow one of two patterns:
			* Either it takes a parameter array as the first argument, followed by any services it
			* needs to have injected: ( array $params, ... ).
			* Or it takes a PageReference as the first parameter, followed by the parameter array,
			* followed by any services: ( PageReference $page, array $params, ... ).
			* In order to signal to the JobFactory that the $page parameter should be omitted from
			* the constructor arguments, the job class has to be a subclass of GenericParameterJob,
			* or the object specification for the job has to set the 'needsPage' key to false.
			* If a callback is used, its signature follows the same rules.
			*/
			public const JobClasses = [
			'default' => [
			'deletePage' => DeletePageJob::class,
			'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
			'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
			'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
			'sendMail' => [
			'class' => EmaillingJob::class,
			'services' => [
			0 => 'Emailer'
			]
			],
			'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
			'fixDoubleRedirect' => [
			'class' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
			'services' => [
			'RevisionLookup',
			'MagicWordFactory',
			'WikiPageFactory',
			],
			/ This job requires a title
			'needsPage' => true,
			],
			'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
			'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
			'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
			'UploadFromUrl' => UploadFromUrlJob::class,
			'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
			'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
			'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
			'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
			'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class,
			'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
			'watchlistExpiry' => WatchlistExpiryJob::class,
			'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
			'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
			'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
			'userOptionsUpdate' => UserOptionsUpdateJob::class,
			'revertedTagUpdate' => RevertedTagUpdateJob::class,
			'null' => NullJob::class,
			'userEditCountInit' => UserEditCountInitJob::class,
			'parsoidCachePrewarm' => [
			'class' => ParsoidCachePrewarmJob::class,
			'services' => [
			'ParserOutputAccess',
			'PageStore',
			'RevisionLookup',
			'ParsoidSiteConfig',
			],
			/ tell the JobFactory not to include the $page parameter in the constructor call
			'needsPage' => false
			],
			'renameUser' => [
			'class' => RenameUserJob::class,
			'services' => [
			'MainConfig',
			'DBLoadBalancerFactory'
			]
			],
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
			* special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
			*
			* These can be:
			* - Very long-running jobs.
			* - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
			* - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
			* machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
			* These settings should be global to all wikis.
			*/
			public const JobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [
			'default' => [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile', 'UploadFromUrl' ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
			* on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
			* but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
			* may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
			*
			* This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
			* These settings should be global to all wikis.
			*/
			public const JobBackoffThrottling = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'float', ],
			];

			/**
			* Map of job types to configuration arrays.
			*
			* This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
			* Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
			* These settings should be global to all wikis.
			*/
			public const JobTypeConf = [
			'default' => [
			'default' => [
			'class' => JobQueueDB::class,
			'order' => 'random',
			'claimTTL' => 3600
			],
			],
			'additionalProperties' => [
			'type' => 'object',
			'properties' => [
			'class' => [ 'type' => 'string' ],
			'order' => [ 'type' => 'string' ],
			'claimTTL' => [ 'type' => 'int' ]
			],
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
			* for the API's maxlag parameter.
			*
			* The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
			* estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
			* so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
			* queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
			* that limit is hit.
			*
			* @since 1.29
			*/
			public const JobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
			*
			* Expensive Querypages are already updated.
			*/
			public const SpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
			'default' => [
			'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
			* changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
			* adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
			* have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
			*
			* This array can be added to by extensions.
			*/
			public const PagePropLinkInvalidations = [
			'default' => [ 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks', ],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/ endregion -- End extensions

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Categories
			/** @name Categories */

			/**
			* On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
			* category instead of listing them as articles.
			*/
			public const CategoryMagicGallery = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Paging limit for categories
			*/
			public const CategoryPagingLimit = [
			'default' => 200,
			];

			/**
			* Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
			*
			* A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
			*
			* Available values are:
			*
			* - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
			*
			* - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
			*
			* - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
			* the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
			* all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
			*
			* To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
			* installed. See https://www.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
			* resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
			* server.
			*
			* After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
			* the sort keys in the database.
			*
			* Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
			* and using the Collation::factory hook.
			*/
			public const CategoryCollation = [
			'default' => 'uppercase',
			];

			/**
			* Additional category collations to store during LinksUpdate. This can be used
			* to perform online migration of categories from one collation to another. An
			* array of associative arrays each having the following keys:
			*
			* - table: (string) The table name
			* - collation: (string) The collation to use for cl_sortkey
			* - fakeCollation: (string) The collation name to insert into cl_collation
			*
			* @since 1.38
			*/
			public const TempCategoryCollations = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Whether to sort categories in OutputPage for display.
			*
			* The value of CategoryCollation is used for sorting.
			*
			* @unstable EXPERIMENTAL This feature is used for Parsoid development,
			* but its future as a core feature will depend on community uptake.
			*/
			public const SortedCategories = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Array holding default tracking category names.
			*
			* Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
			* Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
			* It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
			*
			* A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
			* to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
			*
			* @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
			* the new extension registration system.
			* @since 1.23
			*/
			public const TrackingCategories = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			'deprecated' => 'since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using ' .
			'the new extension registration system.',
			];

			/ endregion -- End categories

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Logging
			/** @name Logging */

			/**
			* The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
			* general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
			* an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
			* log type.
			*
			* Note that code should call LogPage::validTypes() to get a list of valid
			* log types instead of checking the global variable.
			*/
			public const LogTypes = [
			'default' => [
			'',
			'block',
			'protect',
			'rights',
			'delete',
			'upload',
			'move',
			'import',
			'patrol',
			'merge',
			'suppress',
			'tag',
			'managetags',
			'contentmodel',
			'renameuser',
			],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
			* Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
			* Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
			* Logs should remain non-transcludable
			* Format: logtype => permissiontype
			*/
			public const LogRestrictions = [
			'default' => [ 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog', ],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
			*
			* This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
			*
			* See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* `$wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];`
			*
			* Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
			* hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
			* default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
			*
			* A message of the form logeventslist-[type]-log should be added, and will be
			* used for the link text.
			*/
			public const FilterLogTypes = [
			'default' => [
			'patrol' => true,
			'tag' => true,
			'newusers' => false,
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
			* will be listed in the user interface.
			*
			* Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
			*
			* @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
			* where TYPE is your log type, you don't need to use this array.
			*/
			public const LogNames = [
			'default' => [
			'' => 'all-logs-page',
			'block' => 'blocklogpage',
			'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
			'rights' => 'rightslog',
			'delete' => 'dellogpage',
			'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
			'move' => 'movelogpage',
			'import' => 'importlogpage',
			'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
			'merge' => 'mergelog',
			'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
			* top of each log type.
			*
			* Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
			*
			* @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
			* where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
			*/
			public const LogHeaders = [
			'default' => [
			'' => 'alllogstext',
			'block' => 'blocklogtext',
			'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
			'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
			'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
			'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
			'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
			'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
			'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
			'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
			'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Maps log actions to message keys, for formatting log entries of each type
			* and action when displaying logs to the user.
			* The array keys are composed as "$type/$action".
			*
			* Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
			*/
			public const LogActions = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* The same as above, but here values are class names or ObjectFactory specifications,
			* not messages. The specification must resolve to a LogFormatter subclass,
			* and will receive the LogEntry object as its first constructor argument.
			* The type can be specified as '' (e.g. 'block/') to handle all types.
			*
			* @see \LogPage::actionText
			* @see \LogFormatter
			*/
			public const LogActionsHandlers = [
			'default' => [
			'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
			'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
			'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
			'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
			'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
			'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
			'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
			'delete/delete_redir2' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
			'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
			'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
			'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
			'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
			'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
			'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
			'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
			'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
			'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
			'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
			'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
			'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
			'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
			'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
			'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
			'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
			'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
			'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
			'renameuser/renameuser' => RenameuserLogFormatter::class,
			'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
			'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
			'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
			'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
			'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
			'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
			'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
			'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
			'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
			'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
			'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* List of log types that can be filtered by action types
			*
			* To each action is associated the list of log_action
			* subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
			* Extensions may append to this array
			*
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const ActionFilteredLogs = [
			'default' => [
			'block' => [
			'block' => [ 'block' ],
			'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
			'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
			],
			'contentmodel' => [
			'change' => [ 'change' ],
			'new' => [ 'new' ],
			],
			'delete' => [
			'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
			'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir', 'delete_redir2' ],
			'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
			'event' => [ 'event' ],
			'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
			],
			'import' => [
			'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
			'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
			],
			'managetags' => [
			'create' => [ 'create' ],
			'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
			'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
			'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
			],
			'move' => [
			'move' => [ 'move' ],
			'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
			],
			'newusers' => [
			'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
			'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
			'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
			'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
			],
			'protect' => [
			'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
			'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
			'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
			'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
			],
			'rights' => [
			'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
			'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
			],
			'suppress' => [
			'event' => [ 'event' ],
			'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
			'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
			'block' => [ 'block' ],
			'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
			],
			'upload' => [
			'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
			'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
			'revert' => [ 'revert' ],
			],
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
			*/
			public const NewUserLog = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
			*
			* @since 1.32
			*/
			public const PageCreationLog = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/ endregion -- end logging

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
			/** @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous) */

			/**
			* Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
			*/
			public const AllowSpecialInclusion = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
			* maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
			*
			* Mapping each special page name to a run mode like 'periodical' if a cronjob is set up.
			*/
			public const DisableQueryPageUpdate = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
			* into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
			*/
			public const CountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
			* Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
			*/
			public const MaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = [
			'default' => 500,
			];

			/**
			* Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
			* at Special:Contributions.
			*
			* @since 1.30
			*/
			public const RangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
			'default' => [
			'IPv4' => 16,
			'IPv6' => 32,
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'integer', ],
			];

			/ endregion -- end special pages

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Actions
			/** @name Actions */

			/**
			* Map of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter.
			* to the corresponding handler code.
			* See ActionFactory for the syntax. Core defaults are in ActionFactory::CORE_ACTIONS,
			* anything here overrides that.
			*/
			public const Actions = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/ endregion -- end actions

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Robot (search engine crawler) policy
			/** @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy */
			/ See also $wgNoFollowLinks.

			/**
			* Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
			* lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
			* basis.
			*/
			public const DefaultRobotPolicy = [
			'default' => 'index,follow',
			];

			/**
			* Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
			* is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
			* not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
			* nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
			* many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
			* URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
			* pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
			* ```
			*/
			public const NamespaceRobotPolicies = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
			*
			* Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
			* text form title and the value is a robot policy.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
			* 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
			* 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
			* ];
			* ```
			*
			* Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
			* forms:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
			* / Underscore, not space!
			* 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
			* / "Project", not the actual project name!
			* 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
			* / Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
			* 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
			* ];
			* ```
			*/
			public const ArticleRobotPolicies = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
			* will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
			* indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
			* ```
			*/
			public const ExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?list',
			];

			/ endregion End robot policy

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Action API and REST API
			/** @name Action API and REST API
			*/

			/**
			* WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
			*
			* Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
			* This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
			* a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
			* will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
			* Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
			* At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
			* requiring POST.
			*
			* @since 1.21
			*/
			public const DebugAPI = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* API module extensions.
			*
			* Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
			* Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
			* the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
			* 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
			*
			* That factory function will be called with two parameters,
			* the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
			* and the name the module was registered under. The return
			* value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
			* field.
			*
			* For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
			* simple string containing the module's class name. In that
			* case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
			* module and module name as parameters, as described above.
			*
			* Examples for registering API modules:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
			* $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
			* 'class' => ApiBar::class,
			* 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
			* ];
			* $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
			* 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
			* 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
			* ];
			* ```
			* Extension modules may override the core modules.
			* See ApiMain::MODULES for a list of the core modules.
			*/
			public const APIModules = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* API format module extensions.
			*
			* Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
			* Extension modules may override the core modules.
			*
			* See ApiMain::FORMATS for a list of the core format modules.
			*/
			public const APIFormatModules = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* API Query meta module extensions.
			*
			* Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
			* Extension modules may override the core modules.
			*
			* See ApiQuery::QUERY_META_MODULES for a list of the core meta modules.
			*/
			public const APIMetaModules = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* API Query prop module extensions.
			*
			* Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
			* Extension modules may override the core modules.
			*
			* See ApiQuery::QUERY_PROP_MODULES for a list of the core prop modules.
			*/
			public const APIPropModules = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* API Query list module extensions.
			*
			* Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
			* Extension modules may override the core modules.
			*
			* See ApiQuery::QUERY_LIST_MODULES for a list of the core list modules.
			*/
			public const APIListModules = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
			* The default value is generally fine
			*/
			public const APIMaxDBRows = [
			'default' => 5000,
			];

			/**
			* The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
			*
			* @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
			*/
			public const APIMaxResultSize = [
			'default' => 8_388_608,
			];

			/**
			* The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
			* request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
			*/
			public const APIMaxUncachedDiffs = [
			'default' => 1,
			];

			/**
			* Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
			* before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
			*
			* This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
			*/
			public const APIMaxLagThreshold = [
			'default' => 7,
			];

			/**
			* Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
			* API request logging
			*/
			public const APIRequestLog = [
			'default' => false,
			'deprecated' => 'since 1.43; use api or api-request $wgDebugLogGroups channel',
			];

			/**
			* Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
			*/
			public const APICacheHelpTimeout = [
			'default' => 60 * 60,
			];

			/**
			* The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
			* API queries.
			*/
			public const APIUselessQueryPages = [
			'default' => [
			'MIMEsearch',
			'LinkSearch',
			],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
			*/
			public const AjaxLicensePreview = [
			'default' => true,
			];

			/**
			* Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
			* Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
			* from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
			*
			* This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
			* $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
			*
			* - '*' matches any number of characters
			* - '?' matches any 1 character
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
			* 'www.mediawiki.org',
			* '*.wikipedia.org',
			* '*.wikimedia.org',
			* '*.wiktionary.org',
			* ];
			* ```
			*/
			public const CrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
			* even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
			* Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
			*/
			public const CrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* List of allowed headers for cross-origin API requests.
			*/
			public const AllowedCorsHeaders = [
			'default' => [
			/* simple headers (see spec) */
			'Accept',
			'Accept-Language',
			'Content-Language',
			'Content-Type',
			/* non-authorable headers in XHR, which are however requested by some UAs */
			'Accept-Encoding',
			'DNT',
			'Origin',
			/* MediaWiki whitelist */
			'User-Agent',
			'Api-User-Agent',
			/* Allowing caching preflight requests, see T269636 */
			'Access-Control-Max-Age',
			/* OAuth 2.0, see T322944 */
			'Authorization',
			],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Additional REST API Route files.
			*
			* A common usage is to enable development/experimental endpoints only on test wikis.
			*/
			public const RestAPIAdditionalRouteFiles = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* A list of OpenAPI specs to be made available for exploration on
			* Special:RestSandbox. If none are given, Special:RestSandbox is disabled.
			*
			* This is an associative array, arbitrary spec IDs to spec descriptions.
			* Each spec description is an array with the following keys:
			* - url: the URL that will return the OpenAPI spec.
			* - name: the name of the API, to be shown on Special:RestSandbox.
			* Ignored if msg is given.
			* - msg: a message key for the name of the API, to be shown on
			* Special:RestSandbox.
			*
			* @unstable Introduced in 1.43. We may want to rename or change this to
			* accommodate the need to list external APIs in a central discovery
			* document.
			*/
			public const RestSandboxSpecs = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			'additionalProperties' => [
			'type' => 'object',
			'properties' => [
			'url' => [ 'type' => 'string', 'format' => 'url' ],
			'name' => [ 'type' => 'string' ],
			'msg' => [ 'type' => 'string', 'description' => 'a message key' ]
			],
			'required' => [ 'url' ]
			]
			];

			/ endregion -- End AJAX and API

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Shell and process control
			/** @name Shell and process control */

			/**
			* Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KiB.
			*/
			public const MaxShellMemory = [
			'default' => 307_200,
			];

			/**
			* Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KiB
			* ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
			*/
			public const MaxShellFileSize = [
			'default' => 102_400,
			];

			/**
			* Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
			*/
			public const MaxShellTime = [
			'default' => 180,
			];

			/**
			* Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
			* would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
			*/
			public const MaxShellWallClockTime = [
			'default' => 180,
			];

			/**
			* Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
			* commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
			*
			* If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
			* causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
			* them segfault or deadlock.
			*
			* A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
			* a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
			* kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
			*
			* Example:
			*
			* ```
			* mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
			* mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
			* echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
			* ```
			* The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
			* notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
			* https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
			*/
			public const ShellCgroup = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
			*/
			public const PhpCli = [
			'default' => '/usr/bin/php',
			];

			/**
			* Method to use to restrict shell commands
			*
			* Supported options:
			* - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
			* - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
			* - false: Don't use any restrictions
			*
			* @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
			* from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
			* @since 1.31
			*/
			public const ShellRestrictionMethod = [
			'default' => 'autodetect',
			'type' => 'string\|false',
			];

			/**
			* Shell commands can be run on a remote server using Shellbox. To use this
			* feature, set this to the URLs mapped by the service, and also configure $wgShellboxSecretKey.
			*
			* You can also disable a certain service by setting it to false or null.
			*
			* 'default' would be the default URL if no URL is defined for that service.
			*
			* For more information about installing Shellbox, see
			* https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Shellbox
			*
			* @since 1.37
			*/
			public const ShellboxUrls = [
			'default' => [ 'default' => null, ],
			'type' => 'map',
			'additionalProperties' => [
			'type' => 'string\|false\|null',
			],
			];

			/**
			* The secret key for HMAC verification of Shellbox requests. Set this to
			* a long random string.
			*
			* @since 1.36
			*/
			public const ShellboxSecretKey = [
			'default' => null,
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/**
			* The POSIX-compatible shell to use when running scripts. This is used by
			* some media handling shell commands.
			*
			* If ShellboxUrls is configured, this path should exist on the remote side.
			* On Windows this should be the full path to bash.exe, not git-bash.exe.
			*
			* @since 1.42
			*/
			public const ShellboxShell = [
			'default' => '/bin/sh',
			'type' => '?string',
			];

			/ endregion -- end Shell and process control

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region HTTP client
			/** @name HTTP client */

			/**
			* Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
			*
			* @since 1.5
			*/
			public const HTTPTimeout = [
			'default' => 25,
			'type' => 'float',
			];

			/**
			* Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds).
			*
			* Only supported if cURL is installed, ignored otherwise.
			*
			* @since 1.22
			*/
			public const HTTPConnectTimeout = [
			'default' => 5.0,
			'type' => 'float',
			];

			/**
			* The maximum HTTP request timeout in seconds. If any specified or configured
			* request timeout is larger than this, then this value will be used instead.
			* Zero is interpreted as "no limit".
			*
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const HTTPMaxTimeout = [
			'default' => 0,
			'type' => 'float',
			];

			/**
			* The maximum HTTP connect timeout in seconds. If any specified or configured
			* connect timeout is larger than this, then this value will be used instead.
			* Zero is interpreted as "no limit".
			*
			* @since 1.35
			*/
			public const HTTPMaxConnectTimeout = [
			'default' => 0,
			'type' => 'float',
			];

			/**
			* Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
			*
			* @since 1.29
			*/
			public const HTTPImportTimeout = [
			'default' => 25,
			];

			/**
			* Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
			*/
			public const AsyncHTTPTimeout = [
			'default' => 25,
			];

			/**
			* Proxy to use for CURL requests.
			*/
			public const HTTPProxy = [
			'default' => '',
			];

			/**
			* Local virtual hosts.
			*
			* This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
			* It is expected that each domain can be identified by its hostname alone,
			* without any ports.
			*
			* This affects the following:
			* - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
			* subdomain thereof, then $wgLocalHTTPProxy will be used.
			* Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
			* the proxy if it is configured.
			*
			* @since 1.25
			*/
			public const LocalVirtualHosts = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Reverse proxy to use for requests to domains in $wgLocalVirtualHosts
			*
			* When used, any port in the request URL will be dropped. The behavior of
			* redirects and cookies is dependent upon the reverse proxy actually in use,
			* as MediaWiki doesn't implement any special handling for them.
			*
			* If set to false, no reverse proxy will be used for local requests.
			*
			* @since 1.38
			*/
			public const LocalHTTPProxy = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'string\|false',
			];

			/**
			* Whether to respect/honour
			* - request ID provided by the incoming request via the `X-Request-Id`
			* - trace context provided by the incoming request via the `tracestate` and `traceparent`
			*
			* Set to `true` if the entity sitting in front of MediaWiki sanitises external requests.
			*
			* Default: `false`.
			*/
			public const AllowExternalReqID = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/ endregion -- End HTTP client

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Job queue
			/** @name Job queue */

			/**
			* Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case jobs are
			* performed probabilistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done during ordinary
			* apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should be run in loop every
			* few seconds via a service or cron job. If using a cron job, be sure to handle the
			* case where the script is already running (e.g. via `/usr/bin/flock -n <lock_file>`).
			*
			* If this is set to a non-zero number, then it is highly recommended that PHP run in
			* fastcgi mode (php_fpm). When using a standard Apache PHP handler (mod_php), it is
			* recommended that output_buffering and zlib.output_compression both be set to "Off",
			* allowing MediaWiki to install an unlimited size output buffer on the fly. Setting
			* output_buffering to an integer (e.g. 4096) or enabling zlib.output_compression can
			* cause user-visible slowness as background tasks execute during web requests.
			*
			* Regardless of the web server engine in use, be sure to configure a sufficient number
			* processes/threads in order to avoid exhaustion (which will cause user-visible slowness).
			*/
			public const JobRunRate = [
			'default' => 1,
			];

			/**
			* When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
			* to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
			* execution finishes.
			*
			* @since 1.23
			*/
			public const RunJobsAsync = [
			'default' => false,
			];

			/**
			* Number of rows to update per job
			*/
			public const UpdateRowsPerJob = [
			'default' => 300,
			];

			/**
			* Number of rows to update per query
			*/
			public const UpdateRowsPerQuery = [
			'default' => 100,
			];

			/ endregion -- End job queue

			/***************************************************************************/
			/ region Miscellaneous
			/** @name Miscellaneous */

			/**
			* Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
			*
			* To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
			*/
			public const RedirectOnLogin = [
			'default' => null,
			];

			/**
			* Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
			*
			* Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
			* key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
			* - class : the fully qualified class name
			* - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
			* Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
			* singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
			*
			* Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
			*
			* $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
			* 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
			* 'options' => [
			* 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
			* 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
			* 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
			* ]
			* ];
			*
			* Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
			* which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
			* merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
			* VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
			*
			* Example config for Parsoid:
			*
			* $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
			* 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
			* 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
			* 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
			* ];
			*
			* @since 1.25
			*/
			public const VirtualRestConfig = [
			'default' => [
			'paths' => [],
			'modules' => [],
			'global' => [
			# Timeout in seconds
			'timeout' => 360,
			# 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
			'forwardCookies' => false,
			'HTTPProxy' => null
			]
			],
			'mergeStrategy' => 'array_plus_2d',
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
			*
			* By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
			* that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
			* cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listeners
			* can subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
			* can run on each CDN cache node and perform local purges based on the URL purge channel
			* events.
			*
			* Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also
			* share the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overridden). They can use
			* EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
			* actual channels. One reason for this would be that some systems have very different
			* performance vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all
			* uses.
			*
			* The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry
			* here.
			*
			* @since 1.27
			*/
			public const EventRelayerConfig = [
			'default' => [
			'default' => [ 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class, ],
			],
			'type' => 'map',
			];

			/**
			* Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
			*
			* When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
			* data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
			* PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
			* MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
			*
			* For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
			*
			* For the pingback privacy policy, see:
			* https://wikimediafoundation.org/wiki/MediaWiki_Pingback_Privacy_Statement
			*
			* Aggregate pingback data is available at: https://pingback.wmflabs.org/
			*
			* @since 1.28
			*/
			public const Pingback = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Origin Trials tokens.
			*
			* @since 1.33
			*/
			public const OriginTrials = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Expiry of the endpoint definition for the Reporting API.
			*
			* @unstable EXPERIMENTAL
			* @since 1.34
			*/
			public const ReportToExpiry = [
			'default' => 86400,
			'type' => 'integer',
			];

			/**
			* List of endpoints for the Reporting API.
			*
			* @unstable EXPERIMENTAL
			* @since 1.34
			*/
			public const ReportToEndpoints = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* List of Feature Policy Reporting types to enable.
			*
			* Each entry is turned into a Feature-Policy-Report-Only header.
			*
			* @unstable EXPERIMENTAL
			* @since 1.34
			*/
			public const FeaturePolicyReportOnly = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* List of preferred skins to be listed higher in Special:Preferences
			*
			* @since 1.38
			*/
			public const SkinsPreferred = [
			'default' => [ 'vector-2022', 'vector' ],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* List of skins that show a link to the Special:Contribute page
			*
			* @since 1.40
			*/
			public const SpecialContributeSkinsEnabled = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'list',
			];

			/**
			* Whether to enable the client-side edit recovery feature.
			*
			* @unstable Temporary feature flag, T341844
			* @since 1.41
			*/
			public const EnableEditRecovery = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Number of seconds to keep edit recovery data after the edit is stored.
			*/
			public const EditRecoveryExpiry = [
			'default' => 30 * 24 * 3600,
			'type' => 'integer',
			];

			/**
			* Whether to use Codex in Special:Block form.
			*
			* @unstable Temporary feature flag, T358153
			* @since 1.42
			*/
			public const UseCodexSpecialBlock = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Whether to display a confirmation screen during user log out.
			*
			* @unstable Temporary feature flag, T357484
			* @since 1.42
			*/
			public const ShowLogoutConfirmation = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* Whether to show indicators on a page when it is protected.
			*
			* @since 1.43
			*/
			public const EnableProtectionIndicators = [
			'default' => false,
			'type' => 'boolean',
			];

			/**
			* OutputPipelineStages to add to the DefaultOutputPipeline.
			*
			* @unstable EXPERIMENTAL
			* @since 1.43
			*/
			public const OutputPipelineStages = [
			'default' => [],
			'type' => 'map',
			];
			/ endregion -- End Miscellaneous

			}

Content licensed under Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike (CC BY-SA) 4.0 unless otherwise noted; code licensed under GNU General Public License (GPL) 2.0 or later and other open source licenses. By using this site, you agree to the Terms of Use, Privacy Policy, and Code of Conduct. · Wikimedia Foundation · Disclaimer ·

mediawiki/includes/MainConfigSchema.php66c2681f7c01REL1_43

MainConfigSchema.phpView Options

mediawiki/includes/MainConfigSchema.php
66c2681f7c01REL1_43

MainConfigSchema.php
View Options